UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
 
FORM 10-K
 
x           ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013
 
OR
 
¨            TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from _________ to _________
Commission File Number 000-53601
 
TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
     
Delaware
 
87-0496850
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation)
 
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

230 Commerce Way
Portsmouth, New Hampshire
 
03801
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip Code)

(866) 723-4114
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

15 Green Street Newburyport, Massachusetts 01950
(Former address of principal executive offices)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Common Stock, $.0001 Par Value

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES ¨   NO   x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. YES ¨   NO   x
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    YES x   NO   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).   YES x   NO   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
¨
LARGE ACCELERATED FILER
¨
ACCELERATED FILER
¨
NON-ACCELERATED FILER x
SMALLER REPORTING COMPANY
                                                                                                    
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.   YES ¨   NO   x

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter was $18,270,985
 
As of April 11, 2014, the registrant had 47,051,224 shares of Common Stock outstanding.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:  None
 
 
 

 
 
TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

     
PAGE
     
       
 
4
 
17
 
23
 
23
 
24
 
24
       
     
       
 
24
 
29
 
29
 
36
 
39
 
64
 
65
       
     
       
 
66
 
73
 
76
 
78
 
81
       
 
   
       
 
82
 
 
2

 
 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

In addition to historical information, this Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those reflected in such forward-looking statements.  Factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the sections entitled “Business”, “Risk Factors”, and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”  Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect management’s opinions only as of the date hereof.  We undertake no obligation to revise or publicly release the results of any revision of these forward-looking statements.  Readers should carefully review the risk factors described in this Annual Report and in other documents that we file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “proposed,” “intended,” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. You should read statements that contain these words carefully, because they discuss our expectations about our future operating results or our future financial condition or state other “forward-looking” information. There may be events in the future that we are not able to accurately predict or control. You should be aware that the occurrence of any of the events described in these risk factors and elsewhere in this Annual Report could substantially harm our business, results of operations and financial condition, and that upon the occurrence of any of these events, the trading price of our securities could decline. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, growth rates, levels of activity, performance or achievements.

Except as required by applicable law, including the securities laws of the United States, we do not intend to update any of the forward-looking statements to conform these statements to actual results. The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes that appear elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We cannot give any guarantee that these plans, intentions or expectations will be achieved. All forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, and actual results may differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those factors described in the “Risk Factors” section of this Annual Report. Moreover, new risks emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all risks on our business or the extent to which any risk, or combination of risks, may cause actual results to differ from those contained in any forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements included in this Report are based on information available to us on the date of this Report. Except to the extent required by applicable laws or rules, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained throughout this Report.
 
 
3

 
 
PART I

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS
 
General

Trunity Holdings, Inc. (“Trunity,” “Company,” “we,” “us”, or “our”) is a Delaware corporation headquartered in Portsmouth, New Hampshire. The Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Trunity, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Trunity, Inc.”), also based in Portsmouth, New Hampshire, has pioneered a collaborative knowledge management, publishing and education delivery platform – the Trunity eLearning Platform – (the “Platform”) which provides an end-to-end solution for the rapidly growing eTextbook, eLearning and enterprise training market places.

As a result of the Platform’s innovative multi-tenant cloud-based architecture, Trunity has enabled transformational classroom learning, allowing content from multiple sources to be assembled by instructors into customized living digital textbooks (“ vBooks ”) and courseware and delivered with real-time updates directly to the student on any Internet-enabled computer or mobile device.

The Trunity eLearning Platform has four unique features:  

1)        
Modular Digital Content: It converts text and rich media content into discrete, coherent packages of information.  This “modularization” enables every piece of content to be utilized in a customized fashion by an unlimited number of instructors and course developers.
 
2)        
Real-Time Content Creation: Content on the Platform can be updated in real-time; a change made to a base version of a chapter, lesson, or assignment is instantly “pushed” to all users.  In addition to these attributes, the Platform is a cloud-based technology that is agnostic in regards to device and operating system.
 
3)        
Customizable Content: Modular LiveCross  published content creates an unprecedented ability for instructors and course developers to customize both the nature of the content they choose, and the sequence in which that content is presented to students.
 
4)        
Collaborative Learning Environments : Trunity’s LiveCross  publishing feature enables instructors and course developers to easily share and discover content on the Web or in the Trunity Knowledge Exchange , and to pull that content into their courses with a few simple clicks.

The Trunity Knowledge Exchange can deliver quality content from various sources, including traditional publishers, collaborative crowd-sourced communities, individual authors and teachers, as well as institutional repositories and content partners. The Trunity eLearning Platform currently hosts a growing community of textbook authors and instructors in higher education and K-12, who use the Platform to deliver their classes.  Trunity has recently entered an agreement with the National Council of Science and the Environment (NCSE), a not-for-profit organization that engages scientists, educators, policy-makers, environmental managers, government agencies, conservationists and business leaders in programs that foster collaboration between diverse institutions and individuals creating and using environmental knowledge to make science useful to policies and decisions on critical environmental issues. Both Trunity and NCSE will be co-marketing the Trunity eLearning Platform to the over 2,500 authors currently accessing the Encyclopedia of the Earth .  The Encyclopedia of the Earth is an award-winning, open source collection of peer-reviewed content contributed by several thousand content experts made up of many of the world’s top scientists and educators.
 
 
4

 
 
We have customers both domestically and internationally, as we have won a significant national project in the Ukraine.  In addition, we host the collection on Climate Adaptation and Mitigation E-Learning (CAMEL), an open source educational project funded by the National Science Foundation, which also serves as core content contributors to the Trunity Knowledge Exchange . We believe that our cloud-based platform, which tightly integrates expert validated learning content with learning management, has the capability to disrupt the traditional education market place.

Content modularization capabilities allow our products to be mixed and matched and purchased in whole or in part. Our core products are in production and operational, and are currently in use by a growing number of paying customers; however, our revenues are well below the level needed for profitability. We believe that our focused marketing efforts as well as the impact of positive “word of mouth” from satisfied users will enable us to substantially increase revenues; however, there can be no assurance that we will achieve profitability at any time in the foreseeable future.

Description of Products and Services

Trunity offers a Learning Content Management System (LCMS) that has been built from the ground up atop a robust knowledge gathering and management platform, collectively referred to as the Trunity eLearning Platform . This Platform currently comprises four tightly integrated components:
 
 
1.
Trunity Author : functionality for collaboratively gathering, organizing and publishing knowledge content, such as for encyclopedias, knowledge bases and e-textbooks.
 
 
2.
Trunity Reader :   functionality for teaching and learning management, such as assignments, quizzes, exams, grading and reporting.
 
 
3.
Trunity Classroom : functionality for collaboration and online social interaction, such as messaging, forums, commenting, rating, tagging and sharing, and allowing instructors to build customized, content-oriented virtual classrooms;.
 
 
4.
Trunity Knowledge Exchange : store functionality for distributing and monetizing living content, such as royalty tracking, real-time updates and analytics.
 
Connecting these components is an integrated core that includes identity/profile management, 333 knowledge taxonomy management, content exchange, ecommerce and search functionality. Depending on the application, all or any subset combination or all of the functional components can be deployed for a specific customer solution. Also, the Platform can be used as a stand-alone solution or may be integrated with existing data systems.  Ultimately, it is our strategy to treat all components of content within the system as assets – from textbooks and lectures to assignments and exams – all of which may be shared, modified and re-used effortlessly on a per-permission/policy/fee basis via Trunity’s integrated publishing and ecommerce infrastructure.

Content

The Platform brings authoring, peer review and publishing workflow 100% online, allowing subject matter experts, publishers and educators to contribute content and create and assemble various types of education products from all digital media types, including text, video, dynamic illustrations, HTML-based applications, lesson plans and exams, among other types of multimedia. Product modularization capabilities improve the reusability of individual modules for a variety of purposes. Modules from various sources can be combined to create customized vBooks and courseware.
 
 
5

 
 
Learning Management

In addition to its robust content capabilities, the Platform facilitates learning for both 100% online and blended educational environments. With features found in most existing learning management system (LMS) platforms, the Platform allows teachers to manage their course schedules, administer exams and quizzes, provide and grade assignments and more. The Platform also allows students to collect all their grades, submit assignments and projects, and maintain them in a personal online profile.  An ePortfolio enables students to share selected items (such as projects) with other classmates or with potential employers.

Social Collaboration

The Platform enables collaboration with several social networking features in the form of student-to-student, student-to-teacher, or teacher-to-teacher interaction. Collaboration has been shown to greatly aid the learning process for students, as well as instructors.  Whether it is the ability to rate content or add comments, the Platform is designed with the understanding that education works best when communication flows freely and person-to-person interaction is enabled.  With this level of communication, course material and living digital textbooks can be updated in real-time if/when new information becomes available. Students can also see a list of their colleagues that are taking courses with them.  This fosters a sense of community for students from day one, whether the class is on campus or online.

Trunity Knowledge Exchange

The Trunity Knowledge Exchange allows content on the Platform to be purchased in whole or in part. It allows content to be mixed and matched into customized vBooks and courseware. Customized courseware can be added to the Trunity Knowledge Exchange or made available in private communities powered by the Platform . Automatic royalty tracking keeps track of payments to the original authors and curators according to the value of their contribution. When the original content source is updated, all instances of where that content is used within the Trunity Knowledge Exchange receive the update. Purchased content may also receive updates according to publisher mandate and user opt-in functionalities.

Key Differentiation

Key value propositions provided by the Trunity eLearning Platform include:

Transforming the world of publishing by:

     
bringing authoring, peer review and publishing workflow 100% online;
 
     
reducing time, environmental impact, and cost to produce and deliver;
 
     
driving the shift to modularized content to broaden its application and audience;
 
     
giving individual expert authors the tools and market place to share their knowledge;
 
     
enabling real-time content updates; and
 
     
providing authors a much higher percentage of the royalties from their work.

Transforming education and student engagement by:
 
     
giving teachers the ability to create and recombine content to deliver customized learning experiences, and
 
     
making content searchable by popular metrics and standards.
 
 
6

 
 
Transforming access to knowledge and learning by:

     
leveraging our cloud-based platform which provides access anytime, anywhere, on any device in the connected world; and
 
     
providing equal opportunity access to learning resources from the best and brightest authors and educators.

The traditional publishing model lags in its timeliness to market and in its ability to remain up-to-date. Printed textbooks are expected to last anywhere from three to five years. For dynamic subjects such as environmental science, biology, engineering, medicine, law and political science, some of these textbooks are dated and factually inaccurate by the time they are published and in use by students. Also, single authoritative sources and the standardization of content does not address localization, differences in learning and teaching styles, or offer the breadth of voice that is a major requirement of the Common Core standard.
 
In contrast, Trunity’s crowd-sourced publishing model offers educators access to a rich and dynamic source of educational content that can be customized to meet a full range of learning abilities and teaching styles. While aiming to be internationally competitive, educational content can also be made both personal and local, bridging the gap between personal experience and formal instruction and a broader world view. The Trunity eLearning Platform encourages and supports peer-review processes.  Experts from around the globe, who wish to contribute content and author on the Platform , can go through an approval process where their credentials are verified. Once approved, these experts, under their own names, may author and peer-review in the areas of their expertise. They may publish any size of resource from an entire book to a module containing a single learning concept, and make these available for purchase in whole or in part on the Trunity Knowledge Exchange .

This content is then selected by teaching professionals to be incorporated into a vBook or a course that is assembled as desired. Authors are able to see how their content is being used and to view comments. Author updates are available immediately. When the original content source is updated, all instances of where that content is used within the Trunity Knowledge Exchange receive the update as well. Purchased content within a student’s lifelong personal library may also receive updates according to publisher and author updates and content enhancements.  Royalty tracking keeps track of payments to the original authors and curators according to the value of their contribution each time a content module is purchased by or on behalf of a student. Trunity retains 30%-50% of the revenue, paying content contributors between 50%-70% as a royalty.
 
The flexible multi-tenant nature of the Trunity eLearning Platform allows every customer instance to be customized, organized and branded according to the customer’s needs, while allowing content to be dynamically shared within and between organizations, as described above. The Trunity eLearning Platform allows many types of inter- and intra-organization topologies to be created and dynamically updated, serving and keeping current with the evolving needs of customers. This functionality enables the creation of new and innovative solutions for customers such as K-12 schools, universities, textbook publishers, government agencies educational ministriesand businesses, and is the basis for Trunity’s integrated ecosystem-centric solution, as described below. To our knowledge, none of the above-described functionality is currently provided by any of our competitors.

Trunity Solutions and Applications
 
Trunity has developed a highly differentiated patent-pending technology platform that integrates all essential web services in one fully hosted solution to capture, publish and socialize content.  We believe that the unique architecture and capabilities of the Trunity eLearning Platform enable new and innovative solutions and applications to be created to  address longstanding problems and unmet needs within the education market place, some of which are described here. All items below, except for those specifically noted as “soon to be launched,” are currently available and in use.
 
 
7

 
 
The core Trunity eLearning Platform is offered to customers on a Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”) licensing basis. Trunity also offers the Trunity Knowledge Exchange store (both Trunity-branded and white-labeled) and ecommerce functionality for purchase and sale of content ( vBooks , learning objects, etc.). In addition, Trunity provides professional services for customization, branding and deployment of customer solutions. Trunity also consults partners that provide professional services and/or provides the Trunity solution to customers on an white-label basis.

         Trunity leverages these conditions by offering a collaborative knowledge management and publishing platform that dynamically brings together educational content from multiple sources with learning management functionality to deliver a fully integrated solution into the classroom.

Course material or vBooks can be created from a wide array of content types. These content types include:
 
 
Imported digital content from traditional textbook publishers;
 
 
Virtual textbooks created by authors using the Trunity eLearning Platform ;
 
 
Custom courseware integrated by professors and instructors; and
 
 
Crowd-sourced content (e.g. from repositories such as Encyclopedia of the Earth ).
 
In addition to traditional print content, the Trunity eLearning Platform supports multimedia files, teaching resources and personalization tools, such as note-taking and comments specifically tagged to the content.
 
Content may be readily integrated into various types of applications, including vBooks , courseware and learning management (the Trunity eLearning Platform also enables third party learning management tools to be integrated into its solution as well).
  
Textbook Authoring

The textbook market in higher education and K-12 is facing a significant transformation. As technology allows information to be created, updated and distributed more rapidly, we believe that the seemingly glacial pace of creating, publishing and delivering printed textbooks will soon become antiquated. What is needed is an approach that takes advantage of low cost computers and tablets, along with increasing availability of high bandwidth that enable more information to live in ‘the cloud.’ At the same time, there is a strong desire from schools to tightly integrate learning content with learning management functionality, which previously has been delivered as a separate standalone solution.

Trunity provides next-generation online collaborative textbook authoring tools for authors (as well as publishers who wish to use this capability). Authoring can be done on a more traditional workflow basis, or it can be done on a collaborative crowd-sourced basis, complete with integrated peer review and editorial quality control. Schools, professors and course curators can use complete textbooks as the basis for courses, or they can mix-and-match a la carte content from multiple textbooks to provide highly customized learning experiences. All delivery platforms, including Windows, MacOS, iOS, Android and Kindle, are currently supported on the transformative Trunity eLearning Platform .
 
 
8

 
 
Authors/publishers control rights for their content, and, when a user within the system wishes to use the content (either through Trunity’s integrated Live Cross Publishing toolbar or via the Trunity Knowledge Exchange ), the system automatically mediates the transaction and charges/distributes payments (authors/publishers set sharing policies in the interface when they publish content, which includes “for free,” “by permission only,” or “for a fee” authors/publishers keep 50%-70% of the fee as part of their royalty payment, while Trunity retains 30-50% of the transaction fee depending on the agreement or relationship with the author or publisher). Users can pull content in this manner from multiple sources, mixing and matching content to create digital textbooks and courseware, which in turn may be deployed and resold to other users, with the original authors automatically compensated through the system whenever and wherever their content is being used.

Content Collections

Trunity supports the creation of knowledge collections via crowd-sourcing of educational knowledge from subject matter experts. Content is reviewed, approved and organized via online peer and editorial review processes, combining the efficiency of crowd-sourcing with the quality assurance of traditional publishing methods. This content is searchable and accessible publicaly and can easily be integrated into digital textbooks and courseware (as well as other content collections).

Trunity’s patent pending Live Cross publishing technology allows easy exchange of content (by permission or for a fee) between any two customers using the Trunity eLearning Platform , and ensures that the author updates get automatically revised wherever it is being used. This functionality assures that the content never goes stale or out-of-date, no matter where and how it is used; and saves schools and organizations the often massive cost of keeping content up-to-date.

Course Creation & Collaboration

With the Trunity eLearning Pla t form , courses can be created by leveraging content from textbook publishers, which can then be organized and customized by departments or instructors. Built-in navigation enables content to be organized into multi-layered modules or chapters, creating unified courseware that is fully integrated with the core online textbook content..
 
Ecommerce

Our ecommerce functionality is designed to track all sales and reimburses authors, publishers and distributors accordingly. In addition, our white-labeled ecommerce functionality allows educational institutions and learning solution providers to integrate Trunity-powered content purchases into their offerings.
 
Solutions for Business

The same platform that enables a new style of learning environment for classrooms also serves businesses. Trunity enables companies to educate and engage their customers, business partners and employees. Companies and their customers converse through forums, with customers sharing experiences and establishing best practices. Companies can also solicit feedback with surveys and forums. Business partners can take exams to become certified to sell a company’s products, and employees can share project information, HR policies, training materials and more, leveraging Trunity’s content management capabilities. As with the education market, all of this is provided in a Software-as-a Service (“SaaS”) environment, freeing the corporate IT groups to focus on mission critical applications.
 
 
9

 
 
Trunity eLearning Platform 2.0
 
Under development for over a year, we released version 2.0 of the Trunity eLearning Platform in late 2013. This release constituted the largest single release to date and provided us with a next-generation technology foundation with powerful new programming and scalability features that we believe will serve us well for years to come.  Key components include a next-generation content engine based on highly flexible and scalable NoSQL database technology, as well as a robust new Java-based Application Programming Interface (API). New functionality included in this release includes an easily customizable publishing workflow, extensible standards tagging framework (includes Common Core alignment), automatic reading level tagging, and self-assessment, among other new features.

The latest release has allowed us to augment our Platform with meta-tagging capabilities that allows content to be categorized and aligned to various educational standards such as Common Core. This allows authors, curriculum developers and teachers to find and pull together (via Trunity’s Live Cross publishing technology) different content modules to create vBooks and courses customized for specific curriculum standards and differentiated student learning needs. In particular, the Common Core framework built around the concept of modularized content – adopted by 46 out of 50 states for their K-12 curriculum – has presented unique challenges that traditional textbook publishers have been ill-equipped to address with their monolithic textbook publishing model. As federal funding is often tied to the adoption of these standards and corresponding learning outcomes, we believe that we are well positioned with both the school districts and traditional publishers that have adopted the Common Core standards.

In 2014, Trunity plans to begin releasing a series of announcements relating to technology upgrades and enhancements to the Trunity eLearning Platform , to include making the entire platform mobile-ready and accessible via both the iOS and Android mobile operating systems.
 
Global Growth Strategy

Trunity has both a viral as well as a more traditional sales/partnership marketing strategy. The value of the Trunity community grows with each additional customer that adopts the Trunity eLearning Platform , driving increased traffic, content and collaboration possibilities to other users on the network. Trunity is also partnering with significant system integration firms and channel partners. Trunity has developed significant partners to deliver digital content to schools in the United States and around the globe. Trunity also is the beneficiary of many grants and partnerships with organizations like the National Science Foundation (NSF) and National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) and leverages those to further its business.

Ukraine

On March 20, 2013, we entered into a transaction pursuant to which the Trunity eLearning Platfo rm was selected by the Ukraine government’s Open World National Project to serve as the foundation for the country’s national educational network for public school students in grades five through nine, representing approximately 1,500,000 students.  In connection with the transaction, we entered into a share purchase agreement and a project agreement providing us with a 15% stake in EDUCOM, a Ukrainian limited liability company (the “JV Company”); and the JV Company entered into a license agreement with us whereby we provided the JV Company with a five-year renewable license to use our Platform in exchange for a license fee of $400,000, of which $100,000 was paid upon signing and the $300,000 balance was paid in April 2013. We expect to generate additional revenue from the Ukrainian joint venture, above and beyond the initial license fee, through the sale of content from the Trunity Knowledge Exchange and from the Ukrainian Knowledge Exchange to be established by us in connection with the venture, however we have yet to generate any such revenue and there can be no assurance that we will ever do so.

It is important to note that the political upheaval that has taken place in Ukraine since  February 2014 resulting in the Ukrainian parliament voting to dismiss the country’s president, Victor Yanukovych, and the Russian annexation of Crimea, has created uncertainty as to the viability of the Ukraine government’s Open World National Project; which, in turn, may impact Trunity’s ability to complete the project implementation.  Given the recent political climate in Ukraine, the launch of the Open World Project is currently on hold; however, Trunity is poised and ready to proceed with the initiative as soon as we are given approval to do so.  To date, we have onboarded content to the newly developed Ukrainian Knowledge Exchange, which is expected to be initially rolled out to seventh graders, followed by a phased two-year deployment to ultimately reach all 1.5 million students in grades five through nine.
 
 
10

 
 
Africa

On June 5, 2013, we completed a $3.575 million strategic financing led by Pan-African Investment Company (PIC), which was founded by Dick Parsons and Ronald Lauder. Parsons and Lauder formed PIC to identify, invest in and provide solutions that effect growth and development in Africa. In addition to the investment, we entered into an agreement on June 12, 2013, appointing PIC as our exclusive sales agent in Africa.

According to the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO), 10,000,000 children drop out of primary school every year in sub-Saharan Africa. Even those fortunate enough to complete primary school often leave with literacy and numeracy skills far below their potential. In addition, there is a major shortage of trained teachers. As a result, in order to ensure that every child has access to quality education by 2015, sub-Saharan Africa will need to recruit an estimated 350,000 new teachers every year. Further exacerbating the strain on education systems in Africa is the fact that the continent has the highest concentration of illiterate adults in the world.

Recognizing that education is the key to human development and economic growth, dozens of countries in Africa have embarked on new government-backed initiatives to integrate learning technology into education and training. In fact, with very few exceptions, most of these countries now have official government policies on the use of technology in education, with numerous national digitization projects being funded directly by these central governments with and without the aid of external donors. Global research firm Ambient Insight reports that the growth rates in Africa for custom content development services, cloud-based authoring tools and learning platforms and installed authoring tools and learning platforms are currently the highest in the world.

Consequently, we anticipate establishing a strong presence in Africa as part of our strategy to bring our Platform to the African continent.

U.S Penetration of Pre-K-12, Colleges and Universities

Our digital textbook solution has seen strong adoption since its initial launch in the fall of 2012. The first digital textbook authored on the Trunity eLearning Platform was deployed in the first semester at Boston University and sold to 150+ students in a single class at $50 each, expanding to four universities and seven courses by the second semester. We are now in over 20 colleges and universities and used in four high schools, versus being in only one university in the Spring 2013. This increase in sales demonstrates a repeatable and scalable business model to be followed for the continued adoption of ‘Trunitized’ books. As of the spring of 2014, we have seven textbooks on the Platform, including one specifically geared towards professional trade certifications.

In addition to the continued organic author sign-ups, we have launched a large scale author-teacher recruitment campaign which is specifically geared toward gathering premium content (full textbooks, chapters, courses, modules, videos, PowerPoint and other learning resources) to be sold on the Trunity Knowledge Exchange .  The campaign is anchored by Trunity’s participation in a number of well attended industry conferences and trade shows, at which our Chief Education Officer, Dr. Cutler Cleveland, has and will continue to lead Trunity-sponsored seminars relating  to “how-to-author” and the related benefits of authoring on the Trunity eLearning Platform .
 
 
11

 
 
Houghton Mifflin Harcourt

Subsequent to the end of 2013, Trunity announced that we signed a Memorandum of Understanding with global education leader Houghton Mifflin Harcourt (“HMH”) to offer select HMH digital content via the Trunity Knowledge Exchange to Pre-K-12 schools, as well as to government agencies and entities responsible for the selection or purchase of educational materials. Among the world’s largest providers of pre-K-12 education solutions and longest-established publishing houses, HMH combines cutting-edge research, editorial excellence and technological innovation to improve teaching and learning environments and solve complex literacy and education challenges. HMH’s interactive, results-driven education solutions are utilized by more than 50 million students in over 150 countries, and its renowned and awarded novels, non-fiction, children’s books and reference works are enjoyed by readers throughout the world.

 As one of the world’s leading providers of research-based, technology-enabled education content and solutions, HMH will seek to leverage the robust scalability, rich multi-media, mobile capabilities, and intuitive cloud-based functionality of the Trunity eLearning Platform to provide increased access to its educational content in high growth international markets. Both companies hope to leverage our combined strengths to provide an enriching educational experience for both students and teachers anywhere, anytime and on any connected device.  It is anticipated that the Trunity eLearning Platform will integrate HMH’s quality content to provide a vibrant, interactive learning vehicle capable of delivering modular, customizable, real-time learning solutions through the cloud.
 
Both companies have teamed to showcase HMH’s premium learning content through the Trunity eLearning Platform , co-exhibiting at the recent BETT 2014 conference held in London in January 2014.

Market Opportunity

According to market predictions by GSV Advisors and published by Edtech Digest , the global eLearning market is estimated to grow at a Compound Annual Growth Rate of 23% over 2012-2017.  In dollars, this translates into $166.5 billion in 2012 and $255 billion in 2017.   Part of the reason for global growth of eLearning is because of the increasing reach of wireless connectivity.  For example, South Korea, which has one of the highest rated educated systems in the world, aims to have wireless networks in all schools by 2015, when all curriculum materials will be available in digital form.

In its “Global eLearning Report,” investment banking firm IBIS Capital states that the market for mobile education products, alone, in 2011 was $3.4 billion, and it grew to $4.4 billion in 2012.  By 2020, IBIS projects that this sector of the eLearning market will escalate to $37.8 billion worldwide.

The North American market for online learning products will grow to $27.2 billion by 2016, up from the $21.9 billion reached in 2011, according to a new report by Ambient Insight, titled “The North America Market for Self-paced eLearning Products and Services: 2011-2016 Forecast and Analysis.”

With the advent of tablet computing, the entire industry is undergoing a massive market swing to electronic publishing. Even so, many of the dominant publishers still follow a traditional approach to authoring, editorial reviewing, production and distribution of content, delivering e-textbooks that are essentially only flat, electronic versions of the physical textbook. This conservative “status quo” approach does little to reduce costs and time-to-market, and doesn’t take advantage of powerful capabilities that the new technology medium is able to offer, presenting a major market opportunity for Trunity’s faster, less expensive, better integrated and much more powerful and dynamic solution.
 
 
12

 
 
Trunity disrupts this entire model with its modular, customizable content that is easily created and updated.  In addition to disrupting the traditional publishing and distribution model (e.g. by crowdsourcing and peer-reviewing educational content from subject matter experts and allowing educators to create from this content custom virtual textbooks complete with learning management and collaboration functionality), Trunity’s “publishing market place” approach also provides traditional   publishers a neutral “publisher agnostic” channel to sell content into schools, whereby they can take advantage of the powerful functionality provided by the Trunity eLearning Platform. . Based on increasing demand by customers for functionality (e.g. mixing and matching content from different publishers into customized curriculum, etc.) that most current publishers are unable to meet, we believe this will be an increasingly attractive option for publishers as well as a significant added market opportunity for Trunity.

Our History
 
Trunity, Inc. was formed on July 28, 2009 through the acquisition of certain intellectual property by its three founders, Terry B. Anderton, Dr. Joakim Lindblom and Les V. Anderton.  In early 2012, the Company became a publicly-traded company through a reverse merger with Brain Tree International, Inc., a Utah corporation (“BTI”).

BTI was incorporated on July 26, 1983 to specialize in the development of high technology products or applications including, but not limited to, electronics, computerized technology, new technological product fields, and precious metals.  At the time of the reverse merger, BTI was a shell company with no assets.

On January 24, 2012, Trunity Holdings, Inc. (“THI” or the “Company”), Trunity, Inc. (“Trunity”) and Trunity Acquisition Corporation (“TAC”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of THI, all Delaware corporations, entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”). Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, on January 24, 2012, TAC merged with and into Trunity, with Trunity remaining as the surviving corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of THI (the “Merger”). As consideration for the Merger, as of the closing of the Merger, (i) each of the 961,974 shares of common stock of THI owned by Trunity were cancelled, (ii) each issued and outstanding share of common stock of Trunity was converted into the right to receive one share of the common stock of THI; and (iii) each share of TAC was converted into one share of Trunity common stock. As a result of the Merger, the former shareholders of Trunity hold 99% of the common stock of THI.
 
In order to facilitate the reverse merger transaction, immediately prior to execution of the Merger Agreement, Trunity acquired a 90.1% interest in Brain Tree International, Inc., a Utah corporation (“BTI”), pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement with the three principal shareholders of THI, as a result of which Trunity acquired 961,974 BTI shares for the price of $325,000 plus 325,000 shares of Trunity common stock. As part of the transaction, on January 24, 2012, immediately prior to the Merger, BTI reincorporated in Delaware and changed its name from Brain Tree International, Inc. to Trunity Holdings, Inc. Pursuant to the reincorporation, 105,064 minority shares of BTI automatically converted into the same number of shares of THI.

Description of Revenues Sources
 
Trunity derives the majority of its revenue from four sources: license revenue; professional services; transaction revenue from the sale of virtual textbooks and related content; and advertising within the Trunity domain.
 
 
 
Licensing Revenue – Trunity charges a per user subscription-based license fee for the use of our cloud-based software solutions, and collects a per transaction fee on any content sold to the licensees end-users via the Trunity eLearning Platform . We charge a licensing fee on a monthly basis in the commercial enterprise sector depending on the number of users and other factors, including bandwidth and storage requirements. We typically enter into a minimum of a one-year contract with both our educational and commercial enterprise customers.
 
 
13

 
 
 
 
Transaction Revenue – Trunity sells vBooks , lesson plans and other related content through our on-line Trunity Knowledge Exchange content store. We do not own the content; however, we make a margin of 30%–50% on all content sold through the Trunity Knowledge Exchange store. We expect this source of revenue to be a significant source of growth for the Company going forward.
 
 
 
Professional Services – Trunity provides specialized services and consulting to its customers. These services including data migration, creative and engineering services required to utilize our software products effectively. We charge a competitive hourly rate based on the skillset and time commitment required by the customer.
 
 
 
Advertising Revenue – We have over 1,000,000 page views per month on knowledge collection sites hosted on the Trunity eLearning Platform . Some of these sites are publicly available and host advertising provided through a well-known online search engine site.
 
Current and Potential Customers
 
Our customers include the authors who author on or sell their content via the Trunity eLearning Platform , Ukraine government’s Open World National Project, National Council for Science and the Environment, Climate Adaptation and Mitigation E-Learning, numerous universities, colleges and high schools, internet providers,. among several others. We are aggressively pursuing new business opportunities, as we will need to substantially increase revenues in order to achieve and sustain profitability.

We have recently hired internal marketing and sales staff to accelerate our pursuit of new opportunities, and have engaged The Wavesense Group, LLC, a management consulting firm highly specialized in creating and executing sales, marketing and go-to-market strategies for young, high growth companies.   We are also pursuing a reseller relationship with several significant systems integrators and resellers in the markets that we have targeted. We intend to work with large resellers to leverage their market presence and current customer bases.

Research and Development

With the launch of the Trunity eLearning Platform 2.0 in 2013, we have made the transition from development stage to full commercial operations.  Trunity has spent approximately $1,700,000 on research and development during the last two fiscal years.

Intellectual Property
 
Trunity relies on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality and invention agreements with its employees, independent contractors and clients to protect information which the Company believes is proprietary or constitute trade secrets.
 
In addition, Trunity has filed two patent applications (comprising eight unique concepts), which in 2012 were converted from provisional to full patent applications:
 
 
System and Method for Virtual Textbook Creation and Remuneration : United States Patent Application #13585948; filed August 15, 2012; inventors are Kevin H. Eaton, Halldor F. Utne, Joakim F. Lindblom; assigned to Trunity, Inc.
 
 
System and Method for Dynamic Cross Publishing of Content Across Multiple Sites : United States Patent Application # 13679007; filed November 16, 2012; inventor is Joakim F. Lindblom; assigned to Trunity, Inc.
 
 
14

 
 
We are working on additional patent applications which we expect to file in 2014. There can be no assurance that any of these patents will ultimately be issued.
 
Competition

Trunity faces substantial competition from numerous other companies, most of whom have financial and other resources substantially greater than ours. Trunity’s principal competitors consist of educational publishing companies and open source platforms such as Pearson, McGraw-Hill, Blackboard, Inc. and Moodle. These and other competitors may prove more successful in offering similar products and/or may offer alternative products that prove superior in performance and/or more popular with potential customers than our products. Trunity’s ability to commercialize its products and grow and achieve profitability in accordance with its business plan will depend on its ability to satisfy its customers and withstand increasing competition by providing high-quality products at reasonable prices. There can be no assurance that we will be able to achieve or maintain a successful competitive position.

Employees
 
As of March 31, 2014, Trunity had 12 employees, of which all are full-time employees.  None of our employees are represented by a labor union or subject to a collective bargaining agreement.

Consultants
 
In an effort to contain our initial operating expenses while gaining access to the specialized services we need to rapidly grow our Company, we expect to rely heavily on outside consultants to provide us with a wide range of expertise. Our current consulting arrangements include:
 
 
Hanover|Elite, which we engaged in mid-2013 to serve as our investor and public relations counsel of record;
 
 
The Wavesense Group, LLC, which we engaged in 2013 to help us develop and further refine new business development, key messaging and customer relationship management solutions that will allow us to optimize our promising growth potential in the global education technology market place; and
 
 
Neueon, which we engaged in 2013 to conduct an errors and omission assessment of the Trunity eLearning Platform and provide Fractional-CTO services with the appropriate level of technical guidance and oversight for early stage and evolving organizations.
 
Management

Trunity’s management consists of experienced finance, sales, marketing and engineering professionals from the networking, technology and software industry. Biographical and other information on our executive officers and directors is set forth in “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance” of this Report.

 
15

 
 
Impact of JOBS Act
 
On April 5, 2012, the Jumpstart Our Business Startup Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”) was enacted into law. Under the JOBS Act, Congress established a new statutorily defined category of registrant referred to as an “emerging growth company” (“EGC”) which, among other things, affords such registrants with relief from certain disclosure requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) for so long as they continue to qualify as an EGC.
 
A registrant qualifies as an EGC if it has total annual gross revenues of less than $1 billion as of the end of its most recent completed fiscal year and has not filed for its initial public offering of common equity securities under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) prior to December 9, 2011. Under this definition, we qualify as an EGC.
 
For so long as we qualify as an EGC: 
 
 
We will not be required to comply with the auditor attestation over internal control requirements under §404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOX”).

 
We may elect to comply with the following scaled-back executive compensation disclosure requirements (“Reduced Executive Compensation Disclosures”):  (a) EGCs are not required to comply with the annual “say on pay” and “say on golden parachute” advisory voting requirements and rules promulgated under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”), (b) EGCs are not required to include the disclosures that will be required under future rules to be promulgated under the Dodd-Frank Act as to the relationship between executive compensation and company performance,  and the ratio of CEO pay to median employee pay, and (c) EGCs may elect to provide the same level of executive compensation disclosures as required by Smaller Reporting Companies (as defined under Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act and referred to herein as “SRCs”), which includes, among other things, the omission of Compensation Disclosure and Analysis discussion, inclusion of fewer tables, and disclosure of compensation for only the CEO and the two next highest paid officers.

 
We may elect on a one-time basis not to comply with new or revised accounting principles that apply to public companies, as long as we comply once the rules become applicable for private companies. We are required to make an irrevocable election which will continue for so long as we retain our status as an EGC status.

 
We will not be required to comply with any Public Company Accounting Oversight Board rules regarding mandatory audit firm rotation and auditor discussion and analysis should such rules be adopted.
 
As an EGC, we are not required to take advantage of all of the benefits made available to us under the JOBS Act described above, but may instead opt-in to certain of those scaled-back disclosures and phased-in requirements as we so desire. However, as discussed above, we are not permitted to selectively opt-in with respect to compliance with new or revised accounting rules or pronouncements. Accordingly, we have irrevocably elected to opt out of compliance with any new or revised accounting principles until any such rules become applicable to private companies.
 
Under the JOBS Act, we will retain our status as an EGC until the earliest of: (1) the last day of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of $1,000,000,000 (as may be adjusted under the JOBS Act) or more; (2) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our common equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; (3) the date on which we have, during the previous 3-year period, issued more than $1,000,000,000 in non-convertible debt; or (4) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act.
 
 
16

 
 
It should be noted that we also currently qualify as a SRCs. As a result, in the event that we are no longer an EGC, we will continue to be exempt from the auditor attestation requirements of SOX and eligible to comply with the Reduced Executive Compensation Disclosures for so long as we qualify as a SRCs. We also may elect to provide other scaled-back disclosures applicable to SRCs (not just those relating to Reduced Executive Compensation Disclosures).

Where You Can Find Additional Information

The Company is subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act. The Company files with, or furnishes to, the SEC quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports and will furnish its proxy statement.  These filings are available free of charge on the Company’s website, http://www.trunity.com , shortly after they are filed with, or furnished to, the SEC.
 
The SEC maintains an Internet website, http://www.sec.gov , which contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers.
 
ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS
 
Investing in our common stock is speculative and involves a high degree of risk. Prospective investors should carefully consider the following risks and uncertainties and all other information contained or referred to in this Annual Report before investing in our common stock. We believe that the risks and uncertainties described below are all of the material risks we face; however, additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently deem immaterial, also may become important factors that affect us. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected by some or all of the matters described below or other currently unknown factors. In that case, the value of our Common Stock could decline, and investors could lose all of their investment.
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
General; We Have Limited Operating History.
 
Trunity was formed in 2009 and has a limited operating history with substantial operating losses. The Company has yet to generate any significant revenues, and the commercial value of its products and services is uncertain. There can be no assurance that the Company will ever be profitable. Further, the Company is subject to all the risks inherent in a new business including, but not limited to: intense competition, lack of sufficient capital, loss of protection of proprietary technology and trade secrets, difficulties in commercializing its products, managing growth and hiring and retaining key employees; adverse changes in costs and general business and economic conditions; and the need to achieve product acceptance, to enter and develop new markets and to develop and maintain successful relationships with customers.
 
Intellectual Property .
 
 The Company relies primarily on a combination of trade secrets, patents, copyright and trademark laws, and confidentiality procedures to protect its proprietary technology, which is its principal asset.
 
 
17

 
 
The Company’s ability to compete effectively will depend to a large extent on its success in protecting its proprietary technology, both in the United States and abroad. There can be no assurance that (i) any patent that the Company applies for will be issued, (ii) any patents issued will not be challenged, invalidated, or circumvented, (iii) that the Company will have the financial resources to enforce its patents or (iv )the patent rights granted will provide any competitive advantage. The Company could incur substantial costs in defending any patent infringement suits or in asserting its patent rights, including those granted by third parties, and the Company might not be able to afford such expenditures.
 
Although the Company has entered into confidentiality and invention agreements with its key personnel, there can be no assurance that these agreements will be honored or that the Company will be able to protect its rights to its non-patented trade secrets and know-how effectively. There can be no assurance that competitors will not independently develop substantially equivalent or superior proprietary information and techniques or otherwise gain access to the Company’s trade secrets and know-how. In addition, the Company may be required to obtain licenses to patents or other proprietary rights from third parties. If the Company does not obtain required licenses, it could encounter delays in product development or find that the development, manufacture or sale of products requiring these licenses could be foreclosed.
 
Need for Additional Funds.
 
We currently have enough cash on hand or commitments from investors to fund operations for approximately the next two months. Consequently, we are in the process of raising substantial additional funds. Without such additional funds, we may have to cease operations. The Company will require substantial additional funding for its contemplated research and development activities, commercialization of its products and services and ordinary operating expenses. Adequate funds for these purposes may not be available when needed or on terms acceptable to the Company. Insufficient funds may require the Company to delay or scale back its activities or to cease operations.
 
Going Concern.
 
The financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. The Company has incurred net losses and negative operating cash flow since its inception. To the extent the Company may have negative cash flows in the future, it will continue to require additional capital to fund operations. The Company obtained additional capital investments under various debt and common stock issues. Although management continues to pursue its financing plans, there is no assurance that the Company will be successful in obtaining sufficient revenues to generate positive cash flow. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of these uncertainties.

Competition.
 
The Company faces substantial competition from numerous other companies, most of whom have financial and other resources substantially greater than those of the Company. The Company’s principal competitors consist of educational publishing companies and open source platforms such as Pearson, Blackboard, Inc. and Moodle. These and other competitors may prove more successful in offering similar products and/or may offer alternative products that prove superior in performance and/or more popular with potential customers than the Company’s products. The Company’s ability to commercialize its products and grow and achieve profitability in accordance with its business plan will depend on its ability to satisfy its customers and withstand increasing competition by providing high-quality products at reasonable prices. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to achieve or maintain a successful competitive position.
 
 
18

 
 
Operational failures in our network infrastructure could disrupt our remote hosting and application services, could cause us to lose clients, sales to potential clients and could result in increased expenses and reduced revenues.
 
Unanticipated problems affecting our network systems could cause interruptions or delays in the delivery of the hosting services and other application services we provide to some of our clients. We provide remote hosting and other application services through computer hardware that is currently located in third-party co-location facilities in various locations in the United States. We do not control the operation of these co-location facilities. Lengthy interruptions in our hosting service or other application services could be caused by the occurrence of a natural disaster, power loss, vandalism or other telecommunications problems at the co-location facilities or if these co-location facilities were to close without adequate notice. Although we have developed redundancies in some of our systems, we are exposed to the risk of network failures in the future. We currently do not have adequate computer hardware and systems to provide alternative service for most of our hosting or application service clients in the event of an extended loss of service at the co-location facilities. Though some of our co-location facilities are served by data backup redundancy at other facilities, they are not equipped to provide full disaster recovery to all of our hosting and application services clients. If there are operational failures in our network infrastructure that cause interruptions, slower response times, loss of data or extended loss of service for our hosting and application services clients, we may be required to issue credits or pay penalties, current clients may terminate their contracts or elect not to renew them, and we may lose sales to potential clients. If we determine that we need additional hardware and systems, we may be required to make further investments in our network infrastructure, reducing our operating margins and diverting capital from other efforts.
 
Because we generally recognize revenues ratably over the term of our contract with a client, downturns or upturns in sales will not be fully reflected in our operating results until future periods.
 
When our products are fully launched we will recognize most of our revenues from clients monthly over the terms of their agreements, which are expected to be 12 months. As a result, much of the revenue we will report in each quarter is attributable to agreements entered into during previous quarters. Consequently, a decline in sales, client renewals, or market acceptance of our products in any one quarter would not necessarily be fully reflected in the revenues in that quarter, and would negatively affect our revenues and profitability in future quarters. This ratable revenue recognition also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our revenues through additional sales in any period, as revenues from new clients generally are recognized over the applicable agreement term.
 
Governmental Incentives.
 
The Company’s business plan relies to some extent on the availability of federal and state incentives for K-12 schools to implement online course offerings. There can be no assurance that some or all of these incentives will not be substantially reduced or eliminated, nor can there be any assurance that any currently proposed incentives will actually take effect.
  
Government regulation of the Internet and ecommerce is evolving and unfavorable changes could substantially harm our business and results of operations.
 
As Internet commerce continues to evolve, increasing regulation by federal, state or foreign agencies becomes more likely. Existing and future laws and regulations may impede the growth and use of the Internet or other online services. These regulation and laws may address pricing, content, copyrights, distribution, electronic contracts and other communications, consumer protection, the provision of online payment services, broadband residential Internet access and the characteristics and quality of products and services. It is not clear how existing laws governing issues such as property ownership, sales, and other taxes, libel and personal privacy apply to the Internet and ecommerce. Unfavorable resolution of these issues could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of the operations and financial condition.
 
 
19

 
 
Management and Dependence on Key Personnel.
 
The success of the Company will depend in large part upon the skill and efforts of its executive officers, Nicole Fernandez-McGovern, Joakim Lindblom, Cutler Cleveland and other key personnel, including those who may be hired. Loss of any such personnel, whether due to resignation, death, and disability or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on the Company. In addition, as we seek to expand our organization, the hiring of qualified sales, technical and support personnel could be difficult due to the limited number of qualified professionals. Failure to attract, integrate and retain key personnel would result in disruptions to our operations, including adversely affecting the timeliness of product releases, the successful implementation and completion of company initiatives and the results of our operations.
 
Our current principal shareholders and management own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exercise significant influence over our affairs.
 
Our executive officers and directors, as of March 31, 2014, beneficially own approximately 8.5% of the issued and outstanding Common Stock. Consequently, these shareholders may be able to determine the composition of the Board of Directors, retain the voting power to approve matters requiring shareholder approval and continue to have control over the Company’s operations. The interests of these shareholders may be different from the interests of other shareholders on these matters. The concentration of ownership could also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control or otherwise discourage a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of the Company.
 
Calamities.
 
Although the Company maintains insurance which it considers prudent, there can be no assurance that such insurance will prove adequate in the event of actual casualty losses or broader calamities such as terrorist attacks, earthquakes, financial crises, economic depressions or other catastrophic events, which are either uninsurable or not economically insurable. Any such losses could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
 
If our products contain errors, new product releases are delayed or our services are disrupted, we could lose new sales and be subject to significant liability claims.
 
Because our software products are complex, they may contain undetected errors or defects, known as bugs. Bugs can be detected at any point in a product’s life cycle, but are more common when a new product is introduced or when new versions are released. We have frequent new product and functionality releases, and those releases may be delayed from their scheduled date due to a wide range of factors. Finally, our service offerings may be disrupted causing delays or interruptions in the services provided to our clients. In the past, we have encountered defects in our product releases, product development delays and interruptions in our service offerings. Despite our product testing, planning and other quality control efforts, we anticipate that our products and services may encounter undetected defects, release delays and service interruptions in the future. Significant errors in our products, delays in product releases or disruptions in the provision of our services could lead to:
 
 
delays in or loss of market acceptance of our products;
 
 
diversion of our resources;
 
 
a lower rate of license renewals or upgrades;
 
 
injury to our reputation; and
 
 
increased service expenses or payment of damages.
  
 
20

 
 
Because our clients use our products to store, retrieve and utilize critical information, we may be subject to significant liability claims if our products do not work properly or if the provision of our services is disrupted. Such claims could result in significant expenses, disrupt sales and affect our reputation and that of our products. We cannot be certain that the limitations of liability set forth in our licenses and agreements would be enforceable or would otherwise protect us from liability, and our insurance may not cover all or any of the claims. A material liability claim against us, regardless of its merit or its outcome, could result in substantial costs, significantly harm our business reputation and divert management’s attention from our operations.
  
If we fail to keep pace with rapid technological changes, our competitive position will suffer.
 
The eLearning industry is characterized by rapid technological change. Failure to respond to technological advances could make our business less efficient, or cause our products to be of a lesser quality than those of our competitors. These advances could also allow competitors to provide higher quality services at lower costs than we can provide. Thus, if we are unable to adopt or incorporate technological advances, our services will become uncompetitive.
 
We could lose revenues if there are changes in the spending policies or budget priorities for government funding of research institutions, foundations, universities and other education providers.
 
Most of our customers and potential customers are research institutions, foundations, universities and other education providers who depend substantially on government funding. Accordingly, any general decrease, delay or change in federal, state or local funding for colleges, universities, schools and other education providers could cause our current and potential customers to reduce their purchases of our products and services, or to decide not to renew service contracts, either of which could cause us to lose revenues. In addition, a specific reduction in governmental funding support for products such as ours would also cause us to lose revenues. The severe economic downturn experienced in the U.S. and globally has caused many of our clients to experience severe budgetary pressures, which has and will likely continue to have a negative impact on sales of our products. Continuing unfavorable economic conditions may result in further budget cuts and lead to lower overall spending, including information technology spending, by our current and potential clients, which may cause our revenues to decrease.
 
Security Breaches Could Damage Our Business.
 
Concerns over the security of transactions conducted on the Internet and the privacy of users may inhibit the growth of the Internet, social networking sites, online services and online commerce. Failure to successfully prevent security breaches could significantly harm the Company’s business and expose the Company to litigation. Anyone who is able to circumvent the Company’s security measures could misappropriate proprietary information, including personal data, cause interruptions in the Company’s operations or damage its brand and reputation. The Company cannot assure the investors that its financial systems and other technological resources are completely secure from security breaches or sabotage. The Company may have to incur significant costs to protect against security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by breaches. Further, any well-publicized compromise of the Company’s security or the security of any other Internet provider could deter people from using the Company’s services or the Internet to conduct transactions that involve transmitting confidential information or downloading sensitive materials. The occurrence of one or more of these events could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

 
21

 
 
Risks Related to our Foreign Business
 
We are currently doing business or attempting to do business in several foreign countries, including Ukraine, and we plan to expand our operations into many more countries, mostly in the Third World.  While we believe that these international operations have a substantial profit potential, these operations are subject to significant additional risks not faced in our domestic operations, including, but not limited to, risks relating to political instability, armed conflict (specially in Ukraine), legal systems which may not adequately protect contract and intellectual property rights, as well as risks relating to potential financial crises and currency exchange controls.  There can be no assurance that these international risks will not materially adversely affect our business.

Risks Related to our Common Stock; Liquidity Risks
 
  Volatility of Stock Price.
 
The market prices for securities of emerging and development stage companies such as the Company have historically been highly volatile. Difficulty in raising capital as well as future announcements concerning the Company or its competitors, including the results of testing, technological innovations or new commercial products, government regulations, developments concerning proprietary rights, litigation or public concern as to safety of potential products developed by the Company or others, may have a significant adverse impact on the market price of the Company’s stock.
 
We Have No Intention to Pay Dividends on Our Common Stock.
 
For the near-term, we intend to retain any remaining future earnings, if any, to finance our operations and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends with respect to our Common Stock.
 
Our Common Stock is Quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board (“OTCBB”) and the OTCQB, and There is Minimal Liquidity in the Trading Market for Our Common Stock.
 
Our Common Stock is quoted on the OTCBB and the OTCQB under the symbol “TNTY”. There has been only minimal trading of our common stock, and no assurance can be given as to when, if ever, an active trading market will develop or, if developed, that it will be sustained. As a result, investors may be unable to sell their shares of our Common Stock.
 
Possible Depressive Effect on Price of Securities of Future Sales of Common Stock.
 
As a result of the Merger, the Company has issued to the former Trunity shareholders 33,231,037 shares of the Company’s Common Stock. These shares are no longer restricted securities subject to Rule 144. The sale or availability for sale of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market under Rule 144 or otherwise could materially adversely affect the prevailing market prices of the Company’s Common Stock and could impair the Company’s ability to raise additional capital through the sale of its equity securities.
 
Possible Adverse Effects of Authorization and Issuance of Preferred Stock.
 
The Company’s Board of Directors is authorized to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock. The Board of Directors has the power to establish the dividend rates, liquidation preferences, voting rights, redemption and conversion terms and privileges with respect to any series of preferred stock. The issuance of any series of preferred stock having rights superior to those of the Common Stock may result in a decrease in the value or market price of the Common Stock and could further be used by the Board as a device to prevent a change in control favorable to the Company. Holders of preferred stock to be issued in the future may have the right to receive dividends and certain preferences in liquidation and conversion rights. The issuance of such preferred stock could make the possible takeover of the Company or the removal of management of the Company more difficult, and adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holder of the Common Stock, or depress the market price of the Common Stock.
  
 
22

 
 
Disclosures Relating to Low Priced Stocks; Restrictions on Resale of Low Price Stocks and on Broker-Dealer Sale; Possible Adverse Effect of “Penny Stock” Rules on Liquidity for the Company’s Securities.
 
Since the Company has net tangible assets of less than $1,000,000, transactions in the Company’s securities are subject to Rule 15g-9 under the Exchange Act which imposes additional sales practice requirements on broker-dealers who sell such securities to persons other than established customers and “accredited investors” (generally, individuals with a net worth in excess of $1,000,000 or annual incomes exceeding $200,000 or $300,000 together with their spouses). For transactions covered by this Rule, a broker-dealer must make a special suitability determination for the purchaser and shall receive the purchaser’s written consent to the transaction prior to the sale. Consequently, this Rule may affect the ability of broker-dealers to sell the Company’s securities, and may affect the ability of shareholders to sell any of the Company’s securities in the secondary market.

The Commission has adopted regulations which generally define a “penny stock” to be any non-NASDAQ equity security of a small company that has a market price (as therein defined) less than $5.00 per share, or with an exercise price of less than $5.00 per share subject to certain exceptions, and which is not traded on any exchange or quoted on NASDAQ. For any transaction by broker-dealers involving a penny stock (unless exempt), the rules require delivery, prior to a transaction in a penny stock, of a risk disclosure document relating to the penny stock market. Disclosure is also required to be made about compensation payable to both the broker-dealer and the registered representative and current quotations for the securities. Finally, monthly statements are required to be sent disclosing recent price information for the penny stock held in an account and information on the limited market in penny stocks.

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
 
Not applicable.

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

The Company does not own any real property. In August 2013, the Company executed a lease for 8,713 square feet for its corporate offices located in Portsmouth, New Hampshire. The lease commenced on August 9, 2013 and has a five-year term ending on September 8, 2018. The monthly rental payments for the first year are $10,165 per month and will increase on each anniversary at a rate of 3% per annum. Also the Company is required to pay its proportionate share of the building’s common area maintenance (“CAM”), and real estate taxes serving the premises and the cost of premises janitorial service. These additional items are estimated to total $5,900 on a monthly basis.

In September 2013, the Company executed a lease for office space located in Palo Alto, California. The lease commenced on September 1, 2013 with monthly payments of $600 per month and has a twelve month term ending on August 31, 2014. The Company has sublet partial space of the office in Palo Alto for $300 a month through the end of the rental term ending on August 31, 2014.
 
 
23

 
 
ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
In February 2012, Trunity and our former CEO Terry Anderton were served with a complaint filed by an ex-Trunity, employee, William Horn, in the Nashua, New Hampshire, Superior Court. The plaintiff served as Executive Vice President of Marketing & Business Development from March until August 2011 at an annual salary of $100,000. He asserts whistleblower status and alleges that he was wrongfully terminated because of his allegations that the Company had violated securities, tax and employment laws. The complaint seeks unspecified damages under the New Hampshire Whistleblower Act and common law, including reinstatement, back pay and attorney’s fees and costs. In May 2012, we responded to the complaint by denying all material allegations and filing a counterclaim against the plaintiff for breach of contract, tortious interference with contractual and business relations, breach of fiduciary duty and violation of the Uniform Trade Secrets Act. Discovery has begun; a deposition of Mr. Horn was conducted on March 25, 2013.  No expert has been disclosed by Mr. Horn for liability or damages.

On June 13, 2013, the Court granted our Motion to Dismiss Terry Anderton, in his individual capacity, from the case. Therefore, Trunity remains the sole defendant in this matter. We continue to proceed with discovery and may schedule a second deposition of the plaintiff based upon the additional documents and information produced by the plaintiff pursuant to the Court’s Order. As discovery continues, third party depositions are expected to be scheduled.

Trial of the case is now scheduled for the weeks of June 16 and June 23, 2014. Pretrial materials are due May 23, 2014 and a trial conference has been scheduled for June 6, 2014.  Based on the preliminary information available to us, we believe that the complaint is without merit and intend to vigorously defend the case and prosecute the counterclaim.

Mediation is mandatory in New Hampshire.  A half-day mediation has been scheduled for April 14, 2014.  To date, there has not been a settlement demand from Plaintiff.  Moreover, at this point in the litigation, Trunity has paid in full the deductible under the applicable insurance policy and the insurance company is paying for the defense of this case.

There are no other material pending legal proceedings to which we are a party or to which any of our property is subject and, to the best of our knowledge, no such actions against us are contemplated or threatened.

ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not Applicable.

PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our Common Stock is quoted on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board (“OTCBB”) and the OTCQB under the symbol “TNTY” (which was changed from “BNTE” in February 2012 as a result of the Merger). There has been no material trading in our stock.
 
 
24

 
 
The following table shows the high and low closing prices for the periods indicated:

Quarter ended
 
High
   
Low
 
March 31, 2014
  $ 0.23     $ 0.23  
June 30, 2014( through April 11, 2014)
  $ 0.23     $ 0.23  
 
Quarter ended
 
High
   
Low
 
March 31, 2013
  $ 0.85     $ 0.80  
June 30, 2013
  $ 0.59     $ 0.50  
September 30, 2013
  $ 0.37     $ 0.33  
December 31, 2013
  $ 0.30     $ 0.30  

Quarter ended
 
High
   
Low
 
March 31, 2012
  $ 5.00     $ 5.00  
June 30, 2012
  $ 3.00     $ 3.00  
September 30, 2012
  $ 3.00     $ 3.00  
December 31, 2012
  $ 0.40     $ 0.40  

The above information was obtained from Yahoo! Finance.  Because these are over the counter market quotations, these quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, markdown or commissions and may not represent actual transactions.  There is currently no public trading market for our preferred stock.

The last sale price of our common stock as reported on the OTC Bulletin Board and OTCQB on April 11, 2014  was $0.23. As of March 31, 2014, there were 381 record holders of the Company’s Common Stock.

  Dividends
 
The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends on its common stock.  We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock. Under Delaware law, we may declare and pay dividends on our capital stock either out of our surplus, as defined in the relevant Delaware statutes, or if there is no such surplus, out of our net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. If, however, the capital of our Company, computed in accordance with the relevant Delaware statutes, has been diminished by depreciation in the value of our property, or by losses, or otherwise, to an amount less than the aggregate amount of the capital represented by the issued and outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets, we are prohibited from declaring and paying out of such net profits and dividends upon any shares of our capital stock until the deficiency in the amount of capital represented by the issued and outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets shall have been repaired. The Company does not intend to declare or pay any cash dividends on its common stock in the foreseeable future.  The holders of the Company’s common stock are entitled to receive only such dividends (cash or otherwise) as may be declared by the Company’s Board of Directors.

Equity Compensation Plans
 
For information on the Company’s equity compensation plans, see “Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.”

 
25

 

Sales of Unregistered Securities

Early 2014 Private Placements

From March 1, 2014 to April 11, 2014, the Company raised gross proceeds of $53,000 through the sale of 353,333 shares of its Common Stock to accredited investors in private placement transactions at a price of $0.165 per share. Each investor also received a five-year warrant to purchase one share of common stock for every four shares purchased at an exercise price of $0.50 per share. In addition, in March 2014 we borrowed $100,000 from an accredited investor pursuant to a six month convertible promissory note bearing interest at 10% per year. The note is convertible at $.165 per share with the same warrant coverage as for the shares privately sold as set forth above.  The Company incurred $5,000 of  securities issuance costs representing commissions paid to broker-dealers who assisted these transactions.
 
Early 2013 Private Placement

From January through May 2013, the Company raised gross proceeds of $275,000 through the sale of 687,500 shares of its Common Stock to accredited investors in private placement transactions at a price of $0.40 per share.  Each investor also received a two year warrant to purchase one share of common stock at an exercise price of $1.00 per share for each $1.00 invested.  The Company incurred stock issuance costs of approximately $8,000 consisting chiefly of commissions paid to broker-dealers who assisted with the offering.

June 2013 Private Placement

On June 5, 2013, the Company completed the closing of a private placement (the “Private Placement”) with 35 accredited investors (the “Investors”), pursuant to which the Company sold to the Investors an aggregate of 8,936,470 shares of our common stock (the “Common Stock”) at a purchase price of $0.40 per share, resulting in gross offering proceeds of $3,574,588. In addition, the Investors received two-year warrants to purchase an aggregate of 8,936,470 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.00 per share (the “Investor Warrants”). The Company received net proceeds of approximately $3.3 million after payment of placement agent fees and costs relating to the Private Placement. The net proceeds from the Private Placement have been and will be used to fund the Company’s ongoing operations and to provide working capital.

In consideration for services rendered as the exclusive placement agent in the Private Placement, the Company paid ACGM, Inc., New York, New York (the “Placement Agent”) cash commissions totaling $178,729 (5% of the gross offering proceeds). In addition, as consideration for services rendered in connection with the Private Placement, the Company issued to the Placement Agent 357,459 restricted shares of our Common Stock, representing 8% of the gross proceeds of the Private Placement at a price of $0.80 per share to determine the number of shares issued to the Placement Agent.

The lead investor in the Private Placement was Pan-African Investment Company, LLC (“PIC”), a New York City-based private investment firm which invested $1,000,000 and purchased 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock and received an Investor Warrant to purchase 2,500,000 shares. In connection with PIC’s lead investment the Company, its major shareholders and PIC agreed to appoint a PIC representative to the Trunity Board of Directors and to nominate that designee for reelection by the shareholders at each annual meeting held while PIC owns at least 2% of the Company’s issued and outstanding Common Stock. In addition, the Company and PIC entered into a Memorandum of Understanding to structure a formal business relationship whereby PIC will have the exclusive right to introduce the Trunity eLearning Platform to African countries seeking to improve the quality of education for their citizens.
 
On September 9, 2013, we filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) relating to the resale of (i) 8,936,470 shares of common stock, and (ii) 8,936,470 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants, sold to the Investors in the Private Placement.   On September 30, 2013, the Registration Statement was declared effective by the SEC.
 
 
26

 
 
2012 Private Placements

During 2012, we raised gross proceeds of approximately $875,000 through the sale of 2,462,211 shares of our common stock to investors at an average price of $0.35 per share.  These sales of shares occurred at various times throughout 2012. The Company incurred stock issuance costs of approximately $45,000 consisting chiefly of commissions paid to broker-dealers who assisted with the offering

July 2012 Convertible Debentures

In July 2012, the Company issued convertible debentures (“July Notes”) with an aggregate face value of $215,300 Canadian Dollars ($205,224 as of December 31, 2013). The July Notes mature in July 2014, bear interest at an annual rate of 10%, and are convertible at the option of the holders into Units, each consisting of a) one share of common stock and b) one warrant to purchase one share of common stock at 0.40 Canadian Dollars per share (“Unit”). The number of Units issuable upon conversion of the notes is determined by dividing the then outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest by a) 0.35 Canadian Dollars if a Liquidity Event, as defined in the debenture agreements, occurs within six months of the closing of the offering of the notes, or b) 0.32 Canadian Dollars if a Liquidity Event does not occur within six months of the closing of the offering of the July Notes.

The Company recorded a beneficial conversion feature based on the intrinsic value of the conversion feature equal to the excess of the fair value of one Unit over the conversion rate of 0.32 Canadian Dollars. The fair value of one Unit was estimated based on the most recent sale of common stock in a private placement immediately preceding the issuance of the July Notes and, for the warrant contained in one Unit, using a Black Scholes valuation model and the following assumptions: volatility – 50.50%, risk free rate - 0.22%, dividend rate – 0.00%. The Company recorded a discount against the debt for the beneficial conversion feature totaling $84,788, which is being amortized into interest expense through the maturity dates of the July Notes. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded amortization of the discount of $42,394. As of December 31, 2013, the net carrying value of the July Notes totaled $180,494, net of unamortized discount of $24,730. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, interest expense on the July Notes of $20,910 was recorded.

In connection with the issuance of the July Notes, the Company paid transactions fees to brokers consisting of cash of $85,237, and warrants to purchase 43,497 shares over a two-year period for an exercise price of 0.40 Canadian Dollars. The Company estimated the fair value of the warrants using a Black Scholes valuation model and the following assumptions: volatility – 50.49%, risk free rate – 0.22%, dividend rate – 0.00%.

The Company allocated a portion of the fair value of the consideration totaling $52,869, to debt issuance costs, which was capitalized and is being amortized into interest expense over the two-year terms of the July Notes. The remaining portion of the fair value of the transactions costs, totaling $36,126 was allocated to equity, treated as equity issuance costs, and recorded against additional paid in capital. Amortization of debt issuance costs on the July Notes of $26,435 was recorded for twelve months ended December 31, 2013.

 
27

 
 
September 2012 Convertible Debentures

In September 2012, the Company issued convertible debentures (“September Notes”) with an aggregate face value of $330,900. The September Notes mature in September 2014, bear interest at an annual rate of 10%, and are convertible at the option of the holders into Units, each consisting of a) one share of common stock and b) one warrant to purchase one share of common stock at $0.40 per share (“Unit”). The number of units issuable upon conversion of the notes is determined by dividing the then outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest by a) $0.35 if a Liquidity Event, as defined in the debenture agreements, occurs within six months of the closing of the offering of the notes, or b) $0.32 if a Liquidity Event does not occur within six months of the closing of the offering of the September Notes.

The Company recorded a beneficial conversion feature based on the intrinsic value of the conversion feature equal to the excess of the fair value of one Unit over the conversion rate of $0.32. The fair value of one Unit was estimated based on the most recent sale of common stock in a private placement immediately preceding the issuance of the Notes and, for the warrant contained in one Unit, using a Black Scholes valuation model and the following assumptions: volatility – 50.50%, risk free rate – 0.22%, dividend rate – 0.00%. The Company recorded a discount against the debt for the beneficial conversion feature totaling $115,712, which is being amortized into interest expense through the maturity dates of the September Notes. For the 12 months ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded amortization of the discount of $57,856.  As of December 31, 2013, the net carrying value of the September Notes totaled $292,329, net of unamortized discount of $38,571. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 interest expense on the September Notes of $33,090 was recorded.

In connection with the issuance of the September Notes, the Company paid cash transactions fees to brokers totaling $30,456. The Company allocated a portion of the transaction fees totaling $19,806, to debt issuance costs, which was capitalized and is being amortized into interest expense over the two-year terms of the September Notes. The remaining portion of the fair value of the transactions costs, totaling $10,650 was allocated to equity, treated as equity issuance costs, and recorded against additional paid in capital. Amortization of debt issuance costs on the September Notes of $9,903 was recorded for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013.

October and November 2012 Convertible Debentures

In October and November 2012, the Company issued convertible debentures (“October and November Notes”) with an aggregate face value of $624,372 of which $313,440 represented a conversion of notes payable related parties to the Founders. The October and November Notes mature in October and November 2014, bear interest at an annual rate of 10%, and are convertible at the option of the holders into Units, each consisting of a) one share of common stock and b) one warrant to purchase one share of common stock at $0.40 per share (“Unit”). The number of units issuable upon conversion of the October and November Notes is determined by dividing the then outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest by a) $0.35 if a Liquidity Event, as defined in the debenture agreements, occurs within six months of the closing of the offering of the October and November Notes, or b) $0.32 if a Liquidity Event does not occur within six months of the closing of the offering of the October and November Notes.

The Company recorded a beneficial conversion feature based on the intrinsic value of the conversion feature equal to the excess of the fair value of one Unit over the conversion rate of $0.32. The fair value of one Unit was estimated based on the most recent sale of common stock in a private placement immediately preceding the issuance of the Notes and, for the warrant contained in one Unit, using a Black Scholes valuation model and the following assumptions: volatility – 50.50%, risk free rate –0.22%, dividend rate – 0.00%. The Company recorded a discount against the debt for the beneficial conversion feature totaling $254,004, which is being amortized into interest expense through the maturity dates of the October and November Notes. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded amortization of the discount of $127,193. As of December 31, 2013 the net carrying value of the October and November Notes totaled $518,678 net of unamortized discount of $105,694. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 interest expense on the October and November Notes of $61,437 was recorded.
 
 
28

 
 
In connection with the issuance of the October and November Notes, the Company paid no cash transactions fees to brokers.

Purchases by Issuer and Its Affiliates

None.
 
ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

This Item is not required for Smaller Reporting Companies.

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere herein.
 
Overview
 
Trunity Holdings, Inc. (“Trunity,” “Company,” “we,” “us”, or “our”) is a Delaware corporation headquartered in Portsmouth, New Hampshire. The Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Trunity, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Trunity, Inc.”), also based in Portsmouth, New Hampshire, has pioneered a collaborative knowledge management, publishing and education delivery platform – the Trunity eLearning Platform ( the “Platform”) – which provides an end-to-end solution for the rapidly growing eTextbook, eLearning and enterprise training market places.

As a result of the Platform’s innovative multi-tenant cloud-based architecture, Trunity has enabled transformational classroom learning, allowing content from multiple sources to be assembled by instructors into customized living digital textbooks (“ vBooks ”) and courseware and delivered with real-time updates directly to the student on any Internet-enabled computer or mobile device.

The Trunity eLearning Platform has four unique features:  

1)    
Modular Digital Content: It converts text and rich media content into discrete, coherent packages of information.  This “modularization” enables every piece of content to be utilized in a customized fashion by an unlimited number of instructors and course developers.
 
2)    
Real-Time Content Creation: Content on the Platform can be updated in real-time; a change made to a base version of a chapter, lesson, or assignment is instantly “pushed” to all users.  In addition to these attributes, the Platform is a cloud-based technology that is agnostic in regards to device and operating system.
 
3)    
Customizable Content: Modular LiveCross  published content creates an unprecedented ability for instructors and course developers to customize both the nature of the content they choose, and the sequence in which that content is presented to students.
 
4)    
Collaborative Learning Environments : Trunity’s LiveCross  publishing feature enables instructors and course developers to easily share and discover content on the Web or in the Trunity Knowledge Exchange , and to pull that content into their courses with a few simple clicks.
 
 
29

 
 
The Trunity Knowledge Exchange can deliver quality content from various sources, including traditional publishers, collaborative crowd-sourced communities, individual authors and teachers, as well as institutional repositories and content partners. The Trunity eLearning Platform currently hosts a growing community of textbook authors and instructors in higher education and K-12, who use the Platform to deliver their classes.  Trunity has recently entered an agreement with the National Council of Science and the Environment (NCSE), a not-for-profit organization that engages scientists, educators, policy-makers, environmental managers, government agencies, conservationists and business leaders in programs that foster collaboration between diverse institutions and individuals creating and using environmental knowledge to make science useful to policies and decisions on critical environmental issues. Both Trunity and NCSE will be co-marketing the Trunity eLearning Platform to the over 2,500 authors currently accessing the Encyclopedia of the Earth .  The Encyclopedia of the Earth is an award-winning, open source collection of peer-reviewed content contributed by several thousand content experts made up of many of the world’s top scientists and educators.

We have customers both domestically and internationally, as we have won a significant national project in the Ukraine.  In addition, we host the collection on Climate Adaptation and Mitigation E-Learning (CAMEL), an open source educational project funded by the National Science Foundation, which also serves as core content contributors to the Trunity Knowledge Exchange . We believe that our cloud-based platform, which tightly integrates expert validated learning content with learning management, has the capability to disrupt the traditional education market place.

Content modularization capabilities allow our products to be mixed and matched and purchased in whole or in part. Our core products are in production and operational, and are currently in use by a growing number of paying customers; however, our revenues are well below the level needed for profitability. We believe that our focused marketing efforts as well as the impact of positive “word of mouth” from satisfied users will enable us to substantially increase revenues; however, there can be no assurance that we will achieve profitability at any time in the foreseeable future.

Critical Accounting Policies
 
  Basis of Accounting
 
The financial statements of the Company are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The preparation of these financial statements requires our management to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and related notes. Future events and their effects cannot be determined with absolute certainty. Therefore, the determination of estimates requires the exercise of judgment. We believe the following critical accounting policies affect its more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of financial statements.
 
Transition from Development Stage to Full Commercial Operations
 
The Company has operated as a development stage enterprise since its inception by devoting substantially all of its efforts to business development. In the first quarter of 2013, the Company began its transition from development stage to full commercial operations and is now largely focused on actively marketing the Trunity eLearning Platform to prospective customers, strategic business partners and users worldwide.
 
 
30

 
 
Going Concern
 
The financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. The Company has incurred net losses and negative operating cash flow since its inception. To the extent the Company may have negative cash flows in the future; it will continue to require additional capital to fund operations. The Company obtained additional capital investments under various debt and common stock issues. Although management continues to pursue financing plans, there can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in obtaining additional funding on commercially acceptable terms or at all, or sufficient revenues to generate positive cash flow. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of these uncertainties. We may not be able to obtain financing or capital on commercially acceptable terms or at all.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
The Company’s revenue model consists of Software as a Service (SaaS) licensing and hosting revenue, for sites using the Company’s platform, as well as consulting, and advertising revenue. All SaaS revenue is recognized ratably over the contract period.

Consulting revenues are earned for web site development services and are recognized on a time and materials basis, billed in accordance with contractual milestones negotiated with the customer. Revenues are recognized as the services are performed and amounts are earned in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 605 Revenue Recognition. We consider amounts to be earned once evidence of an arrangement has been obtained, services are delivered, fees are fixed or determinable, and collectability is probable. In certain contracts, revenue is earned upon achievement of certain milestones indicated in the client agreements. Services under these contracts are typically provided in less than a year and represent the contractual milestones or output measure, which reflect the earnings pattern.

Advertising revenue is earned from search engine providers based on search activity for sites hosted by the Company.

Revenues recognized in excess of billings are recorded as Unbilled Revenue (an asset). Billings in excess of revenues recognized are recorded as Deferred Revenue (a liability) until revenue recognition criteria are met. Client prepayments are deferred and recognized over future periods as services are delivered or performed.

Accounts Receivable
 
We estimate credit loss reserves for accounts receivable on an individual receivable basis. A specific impairment allowance reserve is established based on expected future cash flows and the financial condition of the debtor. We charge off customer balances in part or in full when it is more likely than not that we will not collect that amount of the balance due. We consider any balance unpaid after the contract payment period to be past due. We believe all accounts receivable due at December 31, 2013 and 2012 to be collectible.
  
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes
 
Income taxes are accounted for in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”). Under ASC 740, income taxes are recognized for the amount of taxes payable for the current year and deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequence of events that have been recognized differently in the financial statements than for tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are established using statutory tax rates and are adjusted for tax rate changes. We consider accounting for income taxes critical to our operations because management is required to make significant subjective judgments in developing our provision for income taxes, including the determination of deferred tax assets and liabilities, and any valuation allowances that may be required against deferred tax assets.
 
 
31

 
 
ASC 740 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income tax recognized in an entity’s financial statements and requires companies to determine whether it is “more likely than not” that a tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authorities before any part of the benefit can be recorded in the financial statements. For those tax positions where it is not “more likely than not” that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit is recognized. Where applicable, associated interest and penalties are also recorded. This interpretation also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, accounting in interim periods, and expanded disclosure requirements.
 
Based on our evaluation, we have concluded that there are no significant uncertain tax positions requiring recognition in our financial statements. Our evaluation was performed for the tax period from July 28, 2009 (inception) to December 31, 2013. We may from time to time be assessed interest or penalties by major tax jurisdictions, although any such assessments are expected to be minimal and immaterial to our financial results. In the event we have received an assessment for interest and/or penalties, it would be classified in the financial statements as selling, general and administrative expense. The tax years 2010 through 2013 are subject to examination by federal and state taxing authorities.
 
Taxes on Revenue Producing Transactions
 
The Company earns revenues through various services. Service revenue is taxable in some jurisdictions throughout the United States, and the Company could be responsible for collecting those taxes subject to state or local requirements. The Company is not aware of any transactions which would necessitate the fiduciary responsibility of collecting and remitting sales based taxes.
 
Website Development
 
We have adopted the provisions of FASB ASC Topic No. 350 Intangible-Goodwill and Other. Research and development costs incurred in the planning stage of a website are expensed, while development costs of the website to be sold, leased, or otherwise marketed are subject are capitalized and amortized over the estimated three year life of the asset. Development costs of computer software to be sold, leased, or otherwise marketed are subject to capitalization beginning when a product’s technological feasibility has been established and ending when a product is available for general release to customers. In most instances, the Company’s products are released soon after technological feasibility has been established. Therefore, costs incurred subsequent to achievement of technological feasibility are usually not significant, and generally most software development costs have been expensed as incurred. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we incurred and capitalized $519,733 and $548,031, respectively in platform development costs. Amortization for these costs recorded during the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, was $105,751 and $182,677, respectively.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
We recognize compensation costs to employees under FASB ASC “Topic 718”, Compensation – Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”). Under FASB ASC 718, companies are required to measure the compensation costs of share-based compensation arrangements based on the grant-date fair value and recognize the costs in the financial statements over the period during which employees are required to provide services. Share-based compensation cost for stock options is estimated at the grant date based on each option’s fair-value as calculated by the Black-Scholes-Merton (“BSM”) option-pricing model. Share based compensation arrangements may include stock options, restricted share plans, performance based awards, share appreciation rights and employee share purchase plans. Such compensation amounts, if any, are amortized over the respective vesting periods of the option grant.
 
 
32

 
 
Equity instruments issued to other than employees are recorded on the basis of the fair value of the instruments, as required by FASB ASC Topic 505, Equity Based Payments to Non-Employees. In general, the measurement date is when either a (a) performance commitment, as defined, is reached or (b) the earlier of (i) the non-employee performance is complete or (ii) the instruments are vested. The measured value related to the instruments is recognized over a period based on the facts and circumstances of each particular grant as defined in the FASB ASC.
 
Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company assesses whether it has embedded derivatives in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 815, (“ASC 815”) Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. The Company accounts for its derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities and carries them at fair value.

For derivative instruments that hedge the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset or a liability and that are designated as fair value hedges, both the net gain or loss on the derivative instrument as well as the offsetting gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings in the current period. Derivatives that do not qualify as hedges must be adjusted to fair value through current income. The Company does not have any derivatives that qualify as hedges.
  
Warrants
 
The Company accounts for common stock purchase warrants in accordance with ASC 815. As is consistent with its handling of stock compensation and embedded derivative instruments, the Company’s cost for stock warrants is estimated at the grant date based on each warrant’s fair-value as calculated by the Black-Scholes-Merton (“BSM”) option-pricing model value method for valuing the impact of the expense associated with these warrants.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Stockholders’ Equity
 
Shares of common stock issued for other than cash have been assigned amounts equivalent to the fair value of the service or assets received in exchange.
 
 
33

 
 
Results of Operations
  
Years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

Net sales for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 increased 10.7% to $176,437 compared to $159,359 for the twelve month period in the prior year.  Revenues in 2013 stemmed largely from licensing fees paid to the Company by EDUCOM, the joint venture company formed in connection with the Ukraine Government’s Open World National Project, originally signed by the Company in March 2013.  We believe that our revenue will increase during 2014 based upon revenue recognition from licensing revenue, from new and existing relationships, specific marketing initiatives and “word of mouth” from satisfied users of our platform; however, there can be no assurance that this expected revenue increase will occur.

Our total operating expenses for 2013 were $3,106,956, a 30.1% increase from total operating expenses of $2,387,390 reported for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012.  The increase was attributed to the increase in selling, general and administrative (SG&A) expenses, which increased 51.9% to $2,268,031 from $1,493,233 on a comparable year-over-year basis. SG&A expenses included non-cash stock compensation expense of $227,129 in 2013 which compared to non-cash stock compensation expense of $122,107 in the prior year, accretion for debt discounts and issuance costs of $320,979 in 2013 in comparison to $79,461 in the prior year. In addition, non-cash expense for shares issued in conversion of payables and services which totaled $57,500 and shares issued in exchange for services which totaled $31,144 were also booked as SG&A expenses in 2013, which compared to $0 and $0, respectively, in 2012.  We also expanded our executive and sales and marketing teams with direct hires and paid consultants in 2013 and invested in several marketing initiatives, including participation in industry conferences, travel to international market places to pursue business development opportunities, and the development of a new web site and marketing collateral materials.

In 2013, we continued to invest heavily in the ongoing development and enhancements to the Trunity eLearning Platform .  Consequently, research and development costs remained relatively flat on a year-over-year basis, decreasing a modest 6.2% to $838,925 from $894,157 in 2013 and 2012, respectively.

As a result of increased SG&A expenses partially offset by the decline in R&D expenses, the loss from operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 increased 31.6% to $3,008,877 compared to a loss from operations of $2,428,483 reported for 2012.

After including interest expense of $392,645, the 2013 net loss increased to $3,401,522 compared to a net loss of $2,428,483 in 2012, which included interest expense of $141,930. The increase in interest expense on a comparable year-over-year basis was attributable to our debentures being outstanding during the full year in 2013 as opposed to part of 2012 which resulted in increased interest payments as well as an increase in accretion for debt discounts and issuance costs.

Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
We have financed our operations since inception through the sale of debt and equity securities. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 we had working capital deficits of $1,124,965 and $891,160, respectively. Our increase of negative working capital of approximately 26.2% is primarily attributable to decreases in cash and increases in accrued expenses and debt to generate cash for operations.

Our current assets at December 31, 2013, included cash and accounts receivable, net. Our current liabilities at the end of 2013, included accounts payables, notes payable of related parties, convertible notes payable, accrued expenses representing accrued interest, professional fees and vacation expense and amounts owed to shareholders for working capital loans and deferred revenue.
 
 
34

 
 
Net cash used in operating activities was $2,108,952 for 2013, as compared to $1,448,425 for 2012.  Working capital changes utilized cash of $220,195 in the current period as compared to $61,106 for 2012 due to increase in deferred revenue and accrued expense and interest offset by decrease in accounts payable. In addition, net loss was adjusted for non-cash items by an increase of $153,423 in the current year as compared to 2012 due to additional stock compensation expense as a result of more issuances of options to employees and directors of the Company and accretion for debt discount and issuance costs, offset by a reduction in amortization as of a result of the initial platform costs being fully expensed.

Net cash used in investing activities was approximately $561,558 for 2013, as compared to net cash used of $564,372 for 2012, which primarily reflects our platform development investments, filing costs of our patents and purchase of additional equipment.

Net cash provided by financing activities for 2013 was $3,468,850 as compared to the $1,903,386 for 2012. This reflects proceeds from the private sale of our securities, proceeds from exercise of common stock options offset by repayment to notes to related parties.

During 2013, we raised gross proceeds of $3,849,588 through the sale of 9,623,970 shares of our common stock to accredited investors at $0.40 per share.  These sales of shares occurred at various times throughout 2013.  The Company incurred stock issuance costs of $186,729 consisting chiefly of commissions paid to broker-dealers who assisted with the offering. In addition, as consideration for services rendered in connection with the Private Placement, the Company issued to the Placement Agent 357,459 restricted shares of our Common Stock, representing 8% of the gross proceeds of the Private Placement at a price of $0.80 per share to determine the number of shares issued to the Placement Agent. Working capital was also raised from loans made to the Company by its founders, which were $122,456 in 2013.

During 2014 through April 11, we raised gross proceeds of $53,000 through the sale of 353,333 shares of Common Stock to accredited investors in private placement transactions at a price of $0.165 per share.  Each investor also received a five-year warrant to purchase one share of common stock for every four shares purchased at an exercise price of $0.50 per share. In addition, in March 2014 we borrowed $100,000 from an accredited investor pursuant to a six month convertible promissory note bearing interest at 10% per year. The note is convertible at $.165 per share with the same warrant coverage as for the shares privately sold as set forth above.  We incurred $5,000 of  securities issuance costs representing commissions paid to broker-dealers who assisted these transactions.
  
We are actively seeking more funding from private debt and equity investors, as we will need to raise substantial additional capital in order to finance our plan of operations. Our cash position as of December 31, 2013 was $812,064, which will  not be adequate to support operations for the remainder of 2014.  As of the date of this report we have cash and commitments sufficient to fund operations for the next two months. There can be no assurance that we will be able to raise the necessary funds. If we do not raise the necessary funds, we will be forced to cease operations.
 
 
35

 
 
Plan of Operation

We have developed a collaborative knowledge management, publishing and education delivery platform which provides an end-to-end solution for the rapidly growing digital content books, e-learning, enterprise training and education marketplaces. As a result of the Trunity eLearning Platform’s innovative multi-tenant cloud-based architecture, this enables a unique integration of academic content with learning management systems. It allows content from multiple sources to be assembled into customized living textbooks and courseware and delivered with real-time updates directly to the student on any Internet-enabled computer or smart mobile device. All content powered by us is seamlessly integrated with learning management, social collaboration, standards and measurement tagging, real-time analytics and royalty tracking functionality. The content is available to be purchased or shared via the Trunity Knowledge Exchange or within private communities powered by the Platform .

Content modularization capabilities allow products to be mixed and matched and purchased in whole or in part. The Trunity Knowledge Exchange delivers quality content from various sources, such as traditional publishers, collaborative crowd sourced communities, individual authors and teachers, as well as institutional repositories and content partners. Our Platform currently hosts a growing community of several thousand expert contributors made up of many of the world’s top scientists and educators, who create peer-reviewed educational content. We have customers both domestically and internationally, as we have won a significant national project in Ukraine. In addition, we host many National Science Foundation (NSF) and NASA-funded projects, including The National Council for Science, and the Environment (NCSE), Encyclopedia of the Earth (EoE) and Climate Adaptation and Mitigation E-Learning (CAMEL), all of which serve as core content contributors to the Trunity Knowledge Exchange . In addition, we completed a significant project for The National Academy of Sciences to develop and deploy an online collaboration workspace for scientists to exchange and publish scientific findings from the investigation of declassified satellite earth imagery.
 
Our current market penetration strategies are focused on optimizing prevailing opportunities within three key channels: K-12, Higher Education and International Initiatives which include national education ministries and private schools. These efforts are expected to yield notable revenue growth for Trunity in 2014, and represent what we believe is the beginning of a positive, upward trend.  Moreover, our go-to-market strategy is expected to continue attracting significant new revenue opportunities for the Company, serving to further validate our technology and vision.  As progress is made in this regard, we expect to play a meaningful role in transforming the publishing industry and improving the quality of content being delivered to students worldwide.
 
ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

This Item is not required for a Smaller Reporting Company.
 
 
36

 

TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC.
 
CONTENTS
  
PAGE 
38
     
PAGE
39
     
PAGE
40
     
PAGE
41
     
PAGE
42
     
PAGES
43
 
 
37

 
 
 
To the Board of Directors and
Stockholders of Trunity Holdings, Inc.
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Trunity Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiary as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related statements of operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. Trunity Holdings, Inc.’s management is responsible for these financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Trunity Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiary as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
/s/ Cherry Bekaert LLP
Fort Lauderdale, Florida
April 15, 2014
 
 
38

 
 
ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
   
December 31,
   
December 31,
 
   
2013
   
2012
 
             
ASSETS
           
Current assets
           
Cash
  $ 812,064     $ 13,724  
Accounts receivable
    2,729       1,615  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    41,636        
Total current assets
    856,429       15,339  
                 
Property and equipment
               
Fixtures and equipment
    210,172       178,348  
Less accumulated depreciation
    (164,226 )     (125,621 )
      45,946       52,727  
Capitalized software development costs
               
Costs incurred
    3,634,029       3,114,295  
Less accumulated amortization
    (2,917,866 )     (2,463,347 )
      716,163       650,948  
Other assets
               
Debt issuance costs and other assets
    32,022       60,305  
                 
TOTAL ASSETS
  $ 1,650,560     $ 779,319  
                 
LIABILITIES
               
Current liabilities
               
                 
Accounts payable
  $ 394,325     $ 619,304  
Accrued interest and other liabilities
    279,465       133,235  
Notes payable-related party
    252       70,761  
Debentures Series A and B, carrying value
    991,501        
Convertible note payable
          49,024  
Deferred revenue
    315,850       28,267  
Deferred rent, current portion
          5,907  
Total current liabilities
    1,981,393       906,498  
                 
Long-term liabilities
               
Deferred rent, long term portion
    2,515        
Debentures Series A and B, carrying value
          776,007  
Total long-term liabilities
    2,515       776,007  
                 
Total Liabilities
    1,983,908       1,682,505  
                 
Commitments and Contingencies
               
                 
STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY
               
Common stock, $0.0001 par value - 50,000,000 share authorized, 46,697,891 a nd 36,131,432 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
    4,670       3,613  
Additional paid-in-capital
    12,396,355       8,438,000  
Other comprehensive loss
    3,649       (8,299 )
Accumulated Deficit
    (12,738,022 )     (9,336,500 )
                 
Total Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity
    (333,348 )     (903,186 )
                 
TOTAL LIABILTIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY
  $ 1,650,560     $ 779,319  
 
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
39

 
 
TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

   
For the Year Ended
   
For the Year Ended
 
   
Dec 31,
   
Dec 31,
 
   
2013
   
2012
 
             
Net Sales
  $ 176,437     $ 159,359  
                 
Cost of sales
    78,358       58,522  
                 
Gross Profit
    98,079       100,837  
                 
Operating Expenses:
               
Research and development
    838,925       894,157  
Selling, general and administrative
    2,268,031       1,493,233  
      3,106,956       2,387,390  
                 
Loss From Operations
    (3,008,877 )     (2,286,553 )
                 
Other Income (Expense):
               
Interest expense
    (392,645 )     (141,930 )
                 
Net Loss
    (3,401,522 )     (2,428,483 )
                 
Other Comprehensive Gain (Loss):
               
Foreign currency translation gain (loss)
    11,948       (8,299 )
Total Other Comprehensive Gain (Loss)
  $ 11,948     $ (8,299 )
                 
Comprehensive Loss
  $ (3,389,574 )   $ (2,436,782 )
                 
Net Loss per Share - Basic and Diluted
  $ (0.08 )   $ (0.07 )
                 
Weighted Average Number of Shares Outstanding During the Period - Basic and Diluted
    42,811,746       35,051,373  
 
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
40

 
 
TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

   
Par $ .0001 Common
Shares*
   
Common Stock
   
Paid in Capital
   
Accumulated Comprehensive
Loss
   
Accumulated
Deficit
   
Total
Stockholders’
Equity
(Deficit)
 
Balance at December 31, 2011
    32,641,953     $ 32,642     $ 7,228,386     $     $ (6,908,017 )   $ 353,011  
Sale of common stock, net of  issuance costs
    3,164,479       3,164       943,157                   946,321  
Reverse recapitalization related to acquisition
    325,000       325       (325,325 )                 (325,000 )
Reclass for Recapitalization of Stock Entry
          (32,518 )     32,518                    
Employee stock based compensation
                226,807                   226,807  
Warrants issued for services
                37,453                   37,453  
Debt beneficial conversion feature, net of issuance costs
                295,004                   295,004  
Foreign currency translation loss
                      (8,299 )           (8,299 )
Net loss
                            (2,428,483 )     (2,428,483 )
Balance at December 31, 2012
    36,131,432     $ 3,613     $ 8,438,000     $ (8,299 )   $ (9,336,500 )   $ (903,186 )
Sale of common stock, net of issuance costs
    10,192,617       10,193       3,594,914                   3,605,107  
Common stock issued upon conversion of trade payable
    143,750       144       57,356                   57,500  
Shares issued for  services
    120,000       120       31,024                   31,144  
Exercise of common stock options
    110,092       11       38,521                       38,532  
Reclass for recapitalization of stock entry
          (9,411 )     9,411                    
Stock compensation period costs
                227,129                   227,129  
Foreign currency translation gain
                      11,948             11,948  
Net loss
                            (3,401,522 )     (3,401,522 )
Balance at December 31, 2013
    46,697,891     $ 4,670     $ 12,396,355     $ 3,649     $ (12,738,022 )   $ (333,348 )

* As adjusted for a 1 for 3 reverse stock split that occurred in 2011 - see Note 7.

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
41

 
 
TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
 
   
For the Year Ended
   
For the Year Ended
 
   
December 31,
   
December 31,
 
   
2013
   
2012
 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
           
Net Loss
  $ (3,401,522 )   $ (2,428,483 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
               
Depreciation and amortization
    493,123       717,384  
Stock compensation expense
    227,129       122,107  
Accretion for debt discounts and issuance costs
    320,979       79,461  
Shares issued in exchange for services
    31,144        
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
Accounts receivable
    (1,114 )     1,185  
Prepaid expenses and other assets
    (41,636 )     6,460  
Accounts payable, net of conversion to shares
    (167,476 )     145,456  
Deposits
          (150,000 )
Accrued interest and other liabilities
    146,230       39,876  
Deferred revenue
    287,583       28,267  
Deferred rent
    (3,392 )     (10,138 )
Net Cash Used In Operating Activities
  $ (2,108,952 )   $ (1,448,425 )
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:
               
Purchase of fixed assets
    (31,824 )     (16,342 )
Payment for patent application
    (10,000 )      
Payment of platform development costs
    (519,734 )     (548,030 )
Net Cash Used In Investing Activities
  $ (561,558 )   $ (564,372 )
Cash Flows From Financing Activities
               
Proceeds from notes payable related parties
    122,456       505,526  
Repayments on notes payable and interest on convertible debt to  related parties
    (245,131 )     (177,500 )
Repayment ofof convertible note
    (20,106 )      
Proceeds from exercise of common stock options
    38,531        
Proceeds from debentures, net of issuance costs
          523,081  
Sale of common stock, net of issuance costs
    3,573,100       1,052,279  
Net Cash Provided By Financing Activities
  $ 3,468,850     $ 1,903,386  
Net  Increase (Decrease)  in Cash and Cash Equivalents
    798,340       (109,411 )
Cash, Beginning of Period
    13,724       123,135  
Cash, End of Period
  $ 812,064     $ 13,724  
                 
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:
               
Cash paid during the period for interest
  $ 27,696     $  
                 
Non-cash Investing and Financing Transactions:
               
Conversion of convertible note  to common stock shares
  $ 32,006     $  
Issuance of stock in acquisition of subsidiary
  $     $ 325  
 
 
42

 
 
TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013

 
Note 1 – Organization, Basis of Presentation and Nature of Operations

The accompanying audited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in The United States of America and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission for financial information.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Trunity Holdings, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary Trunity, Inc., for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. All intercompany accounts have been eliminated in the consolidation.

Trunity, Inc. (“the Company”) is a “C” Corporation organized under the Laws of Delaware with principal offices in Portsmouth, New Hampshire. It was formed on July 28, 2009 to develop a cloud-based knowledge sharing platform that focuses on e-learning, virtual textbooks, customer experience and education market place. The Company was formed though the acquisition of certain intellectual property by its three founders.

On January 24, 2012, Trunity Holdings, Inc., Trunity, Inc. and Trunity Acquisition Corporation (“TAC”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Trunity Holdings, Inc., all Delaware corporations, entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”). Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, on January 24, 2012, TAC merged with and into Trunity, Inc., with Trunity, Inc. remaining as the surviving corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Trunity (the “Merger”). In order to facilitate the reverse merger transaction, immediately prior to execution of the Merger Agreement, Trunity acquired a 90.1% interest in Brain Tree International, Inc., a Utah corporation (“BTI). As part of the transaction, on January 24, 2012, immediately prior to the Merger, BTI reincorporated in Delaware and changed its name from Brain Tree International, Inc. to Trunity Holdings, Inc.

On March 20, 2013 the Company executed a five year licensing agreement with the Ukraine Government’s Open World National Project to use the Trunity eLearning Platform in exchange for a license fee of $400,000. Upon signing, the initial payment of $100,000 was received and the remaining payment of $300,000 was received in April 2013. The impact of this transaction was a $400,000 payment that was reflected in the Company’s 2013 Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2013 as deferred revenue of $315,850 for the portion representing the remaining professional hours and license term on the agreement.

On June 5, 2013, the Company entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (“MOU”) with its new institutional investor, Pan-African Investment Company, LLC (“PIC”), whereby PIC will assist with the introduction and marketing of the Trunity eLearning Platform in African nations seeking to improve the quality of education for their citizens. Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the MOU, PIC has been granted a seven-year exclusive right to introduce Trunity’s products and services to the governments of each of the countries on the African continent with a goal of improving, modernizing and providing these countries with a sustainable education platform.
 
 
43

 
 
TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013

 
On January 21, 2014, the Company entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (“MOU”) with Houghton Mifflin Harcourt (NASDAQ:HMHC) (HMH), a global education leader to offer select HMH digital content via the Trunity Knowledge Exchange to Pre-K-12 schools, as well as to government agencies and entities responsible for the selection or purchase of educational materials.

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Accounting - The financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The preparation of these financial statements requires our management to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and related notes. Future events and their effects cannot be determined with absolute certainty. Therefore, the determination of estimates requires the exercise of judgment. We believe the following critical accounting policies affect its more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of financial statements.

Development Stage Operations - The Company has operated as a development stage enterprise since its inception by devoting substantially all of its efforts to business development. We exited the development stage in the first quarter of 2013.

Going Concern - The financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. The Company has incurred net losses and negative operating cash flow since its inception. To the extent the Company may have negative cash flows in the future; it will continue to require additional capital to fund operations. The Company obtained additional capital investments under various debt and common stock issues. Although management continues to pursue its financing plans, there is no assurance that the Company will be successful in obtaining sufficient revenues to generate positive cash flow. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of these uncertainties.

Revenue Recognition - The Company’s revenue model consists of Software-as-a Service (SaaS) licensing and hosting revenue, as well as revenues generated from consulting, revenue sharing with our authors, publishers and advertising.  All SaaS revenue is recognized ratably over the contract period.

Consulting revenues are earned for web site development services and are recognized on a time and materials basis, billed in accordance with contractual milestones negotiated with the customer.  Revenues are recognized as the services are performed and amounts are earned in accordance with FASB Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 605 Revenue Recognition. We consider amounts to be earned once evidence of an arrangement has been obtained, services are delivered, fees are fixed or determinable, and collectability is probable. In such contracts, revenue is earned upon achievement of certain milestones indicated in the client agreements.  Services under these contracts are typically provided in less than a year and represent the contractual milestones or output measure, which reflect the earnings pattern.

Advertising revenue is earned from search engine providers based on search activity for sites hosted by the Company.
 
 
44

 
 
TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013

 
Revenues recognized in excess of billings are recorded as Unbilled Revenue (an asset). Billings in excess of revenues recognized are recorded as Deferred Revenue (a liability) until revenue recognition criteria are met. Client prepayments are deferred and recognized over future periods as services are delivered or performed.

Cash and Cash Equivalents - Cash and cash equivalents may include highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash, and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value due to interest rate, market price, or penalty on withdrawal. Amounts on deposit and available upon demand, or negotiated to provide for daily liquidity without penalty, are classified as Cash and cash equivalents.
 
The Company places its cash and cash equivalents on deposit with financial institutions in the United States. Beginning December 31, 2010, through December 31, 2012, all noninterest-bearing transaction accounts were fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Company ('FDIC'), regardless of the balance of the account, at all FDIC-insured institutions. However, this provision expired on December 31, 2012 and beginning January 1, 2013 noninterest-bearing deposits now receive the same $250,000 insurance coverage provided to a depositor's other deposit accounts held at an FDIC-insured institution.

Accounts Receivable - We estimate credit loss reserves for accounts receivable on an individual receivable basis. A specific impairment allowance reserve is established based on expected future cash flows and the financial condition of the debtor.  We charge off customer balances in part or in full when it is more likely than not that we will not collect that amount of the balance due.  We consider any balance unpaid after the contract payment period to be past due.  We believe all accounts receivable due at December 31, 2013 and 2012 to be collectible.

Property and Equipment - Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets (generally three to seven years). Expenditures for major betterments and additions are capitalized, while replacement, maintenance and repairs, which do not extend the lives of the respective assets, are expensed as incurred.
 
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes - Income taxes are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”).  Under ASC 740, income taxes are recognized for the amount of taxes payable for the current year and deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequence of events that have been recognized differently in the financial statements than for tax purposes.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are established using statutory tax rates and are adjusted for tax rate changes. We consider accounting for income taxes critical to our operations because management is required to make significant subjective judgments in developing our provision for income taxes, including the determination of deferred tax assets and liabilities, and any valuation allowances that may be required against deferred tax assets.

ASC 740 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income tax recognized in an entity’s financial statements and requires companies to determine whether it is “more likely than not” that a tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authorities before any part of the benefit can be recorded in the financial statements.   For those tax positions where it is not “more likely than not” that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit is recognized. Where applicable, associated interest and penalties are also recorded. This interpretation also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, accounting in interim periods, and expanded disclosure requirements.
 
 
45

 
 
TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013

 
Based on our evaluation, we have concluded that there are no significant uncertain tax positions requiring recognition in our financial statements. Our evaluation was performed for the tax period from July 28, 2009 (inception) to December 31, 2013. We may from time to time be assessed interest or penalties by major tax jurisdictions, although any such assessments are expected to be minimal and immaterial to our financial results. In the event we have received an assessment for interest and/or penalties, it would be classified in the financial statements as selling, general and administrative expense. The tax years 2010 through 2013 are subject to examination by federal and state taxing authorities.

Taxes on Revenue Producing Transactions – The Company earns revenues through various services.  Service revenue is taxable in some jurisdictions throughout the United States and The Company could be responsible for collecting those taxes subject to state or local requirements.  The Company is not aware of any transactions which would necessitate the fiduciary responsibility of collecting and remitting sales based taxes.

Website Development –The Company has adopted the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 350 Intangible-Goodwill and Other. Research and development costs incurred in the planning stage of a website are expensed, while development costs of the website to be sold, leased, or otherwise marketed are subject are capitalized and amortized over the estimated three year life of the asset. Development costs of computer software to be sold, leased, or otherwise marketed are subject to capitalization beginning when a product’s technological feasibility has been established and ending when a product is available for general release to customers. In most instances, the Company’s products are released soon after technological feasibility has been established. Therefore, costs incurred subsequent to achievement of technological feasibility are usually not significant, and generally most software development costs have been expensed as incurred.

Derivative Financial Instruments. The Company assesses whether it has embedded derivatives in accordance with ASC 815, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” The Company accounts for its derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities and carries them at fair value.

For derivative instruments that hedge the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset or a liability and that are designated as fair value hedges, both the net gain or loss on the derivative instrument as well as the offsetting gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings in the current period. Derivatives that do not qualify as hedges must be adjusted to fair value through current income.

Comprehensive Loss - The Company has adopted ASC Topic 220, “Comprehensive Income.” This statement establishes standards for reporting comprehensive income and its components in a financial statement. Comprehensive income as defined includes all changes in equity (net assets) during a period from non-owner sources. Items included in the Company’s comprehensive loss consist of unrealized gain (losses) .

Use of Estimates - The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that of mark-to-market adjustments for the Canadian debentures, affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
 
46

 
 
TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013  

 
Stockholders’ Equity - Shares of common stock issued for other than cash have been assigned amounts equivalent to the fair value of the service or assets received in exchange.

Common stock share amounts in these financial statements have been retroactively adjusted for the effects of a 1 for 3 reverse stock split that occurred in 2011, as required by ASC Topic 505-20 (see Note 9).

Common Stock Purchase of Warrants - The Company accounts for common stock purchase warrants in accordance with ASC 815, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”. As is consistent with its handling of stock compensation and embedded derivative instruments, the Company’s cost for stock options is estimated at the grant date based on each option’s fair-value as calculated by the Black-Scholes-Merton (“BSM”) option-pricing model value method for valuing the impact of the expense associated with these warrants. Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was approximately $0 and $43,640, respectively. The Company has elected the intrinsic value method for valuing the impact of the expense associated with these warrants.
 
Financial Instruments and Fair Values - The fair value of a financial instrument represents the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based upon relevant market information about the financial instrument.  In determining fair value, we use various valuation methodologies and prioritize the use of observable inputs. We assess the inputs used to measure fair value using a three-tier hierarchy based on the extent to which inputs used in measuring fair value are observable in the market:

 
Level 1 — inputs include exchange quoted prices for identical instruments and are the most observable
   
 
Level 2 — inputs include brokered and/or quoted prices for similar assets and observable inputs such as interest rates.
   
 
Level 3 — inputs include data not observable in the market and reflect management judgment about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

The use of observable and unobservable inputs and their significance in measuring fair value are reflected in our hierarchy assessment. The carrying amount of cash, trade receivables and other assets approximates fair value due to the short-term maturities of these instruments. The Company does not maintain any investments at fair value.
 
 
47

 
 
TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013

 
Note 3 -- Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued an update to Topic 740, Income Taxes. This update requires companies to present an unrecognized tax benefit (“UTB”) as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, asimilar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward in the applicable jurisdiction, to the extent such tax attributes are available to offset the additional tax liability that would result if the UTB were disallowed on the balance sheet date. Whether the settlement by use of carryforwards is available under the law would depend on facts and circumstances available on the balance sheet date. The new guidance is effective for the Company beginning July 1, 2014, and adoption is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
On July 1, 2012, the Company adopted the updated guidance to ASC Topic 220, Comprehensive Income, issued by the FASB. The update required companies to present comprehensive income in either one or two consecutive financial statements and eliminated the option that permits the presentation of other comprehensive income in the consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity. The Company adopted the method of presentation using one consecutive financial statement.
 
In July 2012, the FASB issued an update to ASC Topic 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other: Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment (“ASC 350”). The update simplifies the guidance for testing impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill. Examples of intangible assets subject to the guidance include indefinite-lived trademarks, licenses, and distribution rights. The amendment allows a company the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. A company electing to perform a qualitative assessment is no longer required to calculate the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset unless the company determines, based on such qualitative assessment, that it is “more likely than not” that the asset is impaired. The changes to ASC 350 were effective for the Company beginning July 1, 2013, the guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
 In January 2013, the FASB issued another update to the guidance in ASC Topic 220. This update does not change the requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in financial statements, but rather improves the transparency of reporting reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The new guidance was effective for the Company beginning July 1, 2013, and adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements or disclosures.

Management has evaluated all other standards issued and to be effective and has determined their impact to the financials will not be material.
 
 
48

 
 
TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013

 
Note 4 – Property and Equipment

A summary of property and equipment at December 31, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

December 31,
 
2013
   
2012
 
             
Furniture and fixtures
  $ 18,660     $ 13,402  
IT Equipment and software
    191,512       164,946  
                 
Total Property and Equipment
    210,172       178,348  
                 
Less:  Accumulated depreciation
    (164,226 )     (125,621 )
                 
Net Property and Equipment
  $ 45,946     $ 52,727  

The amounts charged to operations for depreciation for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was approximately $38,605 and $50,256, respectively.
 
 
49

 
 
TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013

 
Note 5 – Intangible Assets

Intangible assets were comprised of the following at December 31, 2013 from Inception:

Trunity platform
 
 Estimated Life
 
Gross Cost
   
Accumulated Amortization
   
Net Book Value
 
                       
Assets acquired from Trunity, LLC
 
 3 years
  $ 1,775,000     $ (1,775,000 )   $  
                             
Internal costs capitalized for period from July 28, 2009 (inception) to December 31, 2009
 
 3 years
    121,820       (121,820 )   $  
                             
Internal costs capitalized for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010
 
 3 years
    342,345       (342,345 )   $  
                             
Internal costs capitalized for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011
 
 3 years
    327,100       (272,583 )   $ 54,517  
                             
Internal costs capitalized for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012
 
 3 years
    548,031       (300,367 )   $ 247,664  
                             
Internal costs capitalized for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013
 
 3 years
    519,733       (105,751 )   $ 413,982  
                             
Carrying value as of Dec 31, 2013
            $ 716,163  

Estimated future amortization expense is as follows for the following periods:

For the period ending December 31, :
     
2014
  $ 410,438  
2015
    238,231  
2016
    67,494  
Total future amortization expense
  $ 716,163  
 
The Trunity eLearning Platform technology was acquired from a related company, Trunity, LLC, and was valued at management’s best estimate of its value at that time of the transaction.  Trunity, LLC was wholly owned by the three founders of the Company.  Subsequent internal costs capitalized consist of direct labor, including taxes and benefits.  Amortization of three years is based on management’s best estimate of useful life of current technology in this industry.
 
 
50

 
 
TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013

 
Note   6- Notes Payable

At December 31, 2013, outstanding notes payable was made up of the following:

Note Holder
 
Principal
   
Accrued Interest
   
Outstanding as of December 31, 2013
 
Notes Payable– Related Parties
  $ 252     $     $ 252  
Total notes payable – current liabilities
                  $ 252  

At December 31, 2012, outstanding notes payable was made up of the following:

Note Holder
 
Principal
   
Accrued Interest
   
Outstanding as of December 31, 2012
 
Notes Payable– Related Parties
  $ 53,977     $     $ 53,977  
Loan from investors
    66,784       5,000       71,784  
Total notes payable – current liabilities
                  $ 125,761  

Notes Payable to Founders – At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the notes payable to the founders consisted of short-term loans with the three founders.  Credit agreements exist with Terry Anderton and Les Anderton that allow the Company to borrow up to $0.9 million, as needed, to fund working capital needs. These agreements carry an interest rate of 10% only and have been amended with board consent to remain in effect until December 31, 2014 subsequent to the initial expiration date.    The loans have no repayment terms but were repaid in the second quarter of 2013.  As of December 31, 2013, Les Anderton has a shareholder loan of $252. As of December 31, 2012, Terry Anderton, Les Anderton, and Joakim Lindblom had shareholder loans that were comprised of the following balances:  $28,401, $10,066 and $15,510, respectively.

Short-term loan from Investors - In 2011, an investor in the Company made a short-term loan of $16,784 to the Company to cover its working capital needs.  There are no documented terms for this loan.  The Company has treated the loan as interest free and the loan was repaid in second quarter of 2013.

In 2012, an investor in the Company made a short-term loan of $50,000 to the Company to cover its working capital needs.  There are no documented  terms for this loan; however the Company repaid this loan during the second quarter of 2013 including accrued  interest expense of $5,000.

Interest expense recognized for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 related to notes payable and debentures was $122,799 and $61,902, respectively.
 
 
51

 

TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013

 
Note 7 – Derivatives

The Company’s convertible debt issued in November 2012 with a face value of $42,500 provides for conversion of the note into the Company’s common stock at a conversion rate equal to the average of the lowest three trading prices during the ten trading days immediately preceding the conversion date.  Because of the uncertainty regarding the number of common shares that may be issuable upon the conversion of the convertible debt, the embedded conversion option is required to be accounted for separately and presented as a derivative liability on the Company’s balance sheet, with subsequent changes in fair value reported in the Company’s statement of operations.  The Company determined the fair value of this derivative liability using Monte Carlo simulations.  The Company used the following assumptions in estimating the fair value of the derivative liabilities on the issuance date through the conversion dates of the debt.
 
 
 
Issuance
Date
   
December 31,
2012
   
March 30,
2013
   
May 22,
2013
   
June 19,
2013
 
Expected Volatility
    51.08 %     52.67 %     40.55 %     38.46 %     25.09 %
Expected Term
 
0.75 Years
   
0.6 Years
   
0.3 Years
   
0.16 Years
   
0.1 Years
 
Risk Free Interest Rate
    0.19 %     0.16 %     0.07 %     0.04 %     0.05 %
Dividend Rate
    0 %     0 %     0 %     0 %     0 %

The Company recorded an initial derivative liability of $32,622 with an offsetting discount against the convertible debt to be amortized into interest expense through the maturity of the convertible debt.  From the date of issuance to the date of conversion into 166,744 shares of common stock, the fair value of the derivative liability changed to $32,007 resulting in expense of $616 and a reclass to additional paid in capital of $31,990 that during the three months ended June 30, 2013, the period the transaction settled.

The Company’s convertible debt issued in January 2013 with a face value of $37,500 provides for conversion of the note into the Company’s common stock at a conversion rate equal to the average of the lowest three trading prices during the ten trading days immediately preceding the conversion date.  Because of the uncertainty regarding the number of common shares that may be issuable upon the conversion of the convertible debt, the embedded conversion option is required to be accounted for separately and presented as a derivative liability on the Company’s balance sheet, with subsequent changes in fair value reported in the Company’s statement of operations. The Company determined the fair value of this derivative liability using Monte Carlo simulations.   The Company determined the assumptions in estimating the fair value of the derivative liabilities on the issuance date and as of June 24, 2013.

   
Issuance
Date
   
March 31,
2013
   
June 24,
2013
 
Expected Volatility
    50.77 %     49.82 %     29.43 %
Expected Term
 
0.75 Years
   
0.45 Years
   
0.16 Years
 
Risk Free Interest Rate
    0.11 %     0.11 %     0.06 %
Dividend Rate
    0 %     0 %     0 %

The Company recorded an initial derivative liability of $28,603 with an offsetting discount against the convertible debt to be amortized into interest expense through the maturity of the convertible debt.  From the date of issuance until the full payment of $57,606 was made, the fair value of the derivative liability changed to $18,733 resulting in derivative income of $9,870 that was recorded during the three months ended June 30, 2013, the period the transaction settled.
 
 
52

 
 
TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013

 
Note 8 – Convertible Debt

July 2012 Convertible Debentures

In July 2012, the Company issued convertible debentures (“July Notes”) with an aggregate face value of $215,300 Canadian Dollars ($205,224 as of December 31, 2013). The July Notes mature in July 2014, bear interest at an annual rate of 10%, and are convertible at the option of the holders into Units, each consisting of a) one share of common stock and b) one warrant to purchase one share of common stock at 0.40 Canadian Dollars per share (“Unit”). The number of Units issuable upon conversion of the notes is determined by dividing the then outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest by a) 0.35 Canadian Dollars if a Liquidity Event, as defined in the debenture agreements, occurs within six months of the closing of the offering of the notes, or b) 0.32 Canadian Dollars if a Liquidity Event does not occur within six months of the closing of the offering of the July Notes.

The Company recorded a beneficial conversion feature based on the intrinsic value of the conversion feature equal to the excess of the fair value of one Unit over the conversion rate of 0.32 Canadian Dollars. The fair value of one Unit was estimated based on the most recent sale of common stock in a private placement immediately preceding the issuance of the July Notes and, for the warrant contained in one Unit, using a Black Scholes valuation model and the following assumptions: volatility – 50.50%, risk free rate - 0.22%, dividend rate – 0.00%. The Company recorded a discount against the debt for the beneficial conversion feature totaling $84,788, which is being amortized into interest expense through the maturity dates of the July Notes. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded amortization of the discount of $42,394. As of December 31, 2013, the net carrying value of the July Notes totaled $180,494, net of unamortized discount of $24,730. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, interest expense on the July Notes of $20,910 was recorded.

In connection with the issuance of the July Notes, the Company paid transactions fees to brokers consisting of cash of $85,237, and warrants to purchase 43,497 shares over a two-year period for an exercise price of 0.40 Canadian Dollars. The Company estimated the fair value of the warrants using a Black Scholes valuation model and the following assumptions: volatility – 50.49%, risk free rate – 0.22%, dividend rate – 0.00%.

The Company allocated a portion of the fair value of the consideration totaling $52,869, to debt issuance costs, which was capitalized and is being amortized into interest expense over the two-year terms of the July Notes. The remaining portion of the fair value of the transactions costs, totaling $36,126 was allocated to equity, treated as equity issuance costs, and recorded against additional paid in capital. Amortization of debt issuance costs on the July Notes of $26,435 was recorded for twelve months ended December 31, 2013.
 
 
53

 

TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013

 
September 2012 Convertible Debentures

In September 2012, the Company issued convertible debentures (“September Notes”) with an aggregate face value of $330,900. The September Notes mature in September 2014, bear interest at an annual rate of 10%, and are convertible at the option of the holders into Units, each consisting of a) one share of common stock and b) one warrant to purchase one share of common stock at $0.40 per share (“Unit”). The number of units issuable upon conversion of the notes is determined by dividing the then outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest by a) $0.35 if a Liquidity Event, as defined in the debenture agreements, occurs within six months of the closing of the offering of the notes, or b) $0.32 if a Liquidity Event does not occur within six months of the closing of the offering of the September Notes.

The Company recorded a beneficial conversion feature based on the intrinsic value of the conversion feature equal to the excess of the fair value of one Unit over the conversion rate of $0.32. The fair value of one Unit was estimated based on the most recent sale of common stock in a private placement immediately preceding the issuance of the Notes and, for the warrant contained in one Unit, using a Black Scholes valuation model and the following assumptions: volatility – 50.50%, risk free rate – 0.22%, dividend rate – 0.00%. The Company recorded a discount against the debt for the beneficial conversion feature totaling $115,712, which is being amortized into interest expense through the maturity dates of the September Notes. For the 12 months ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded amortization of the discount of $57,856.  As of December 31, 2013, the net carrying value of the September Notes totaled $292,329, net of unamortized discount of $38,571. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 interest expense on the September Notes of $33,090 was recorded.

In connection with the issuance of the September Notes, the Company paid cash transactions fees to brokers totaling $30,456. The Company allocated a portion of the transaction fees totaling $19,806, to debt issuance costs, which was capitalized and is being amortized into interest expense over the two-year terms of the September Notes. The remaining portion of the fair value of the transactions costs, totaling $10,650 was allocated to equity, treated as equity issuance costs, and recorded against additional paid in capital. Amortization of debt issuance costs on the September Notes of $9,903 was recorded for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013.

October and November 2012 Convertible Debentures

In October and November 2012, the Company issued convertible debentures (“October and November Notes”) with an aggregate face value of $624,372 of which $313,440 represented a conversion of notes payable related parties to the Founders. The October and November Notes mature in October and November 2014, bear interest at an annual rate of 10%, and are convertible at the option of the holders into Units, each consisting of a) one share of common stock and b) one warrant to purchase one share of common stock at $0.40 per share (“Unit”). The number of units issuable upon conversion of the October and November Notes is determined by dividing the then outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest by a) $0.35 if a Liquidity Event, as defined in the debenture agreements, occurs within six months of the closing of the offering of the October and November Notes, or b) $0.32 if a Liquidity Event does not occur within six months of the closing of the offering of the October and November Notes.
 
 
54

 
 
TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013

 
The Company recorded a beneficial conversion feature based on the intrinsic value of the conversion feature equal to the excess of the fair value of one Unit over the conversion rate of $0.32. The fair value of one Unit was estimated based on the most recent sale of common stock in a private placement immediately preceding the issuance of the Notes and, for the warrant contained in one Unit, using a Black Scholes valuation model and the following assumptions: volatility – 50.50%, risk free rate –0.22%, dividend rate – 0.00%. The Company recorded a discount against the debt for the beneficial conversion feature totaling $254,004, which is being amortized into interest expense through the maturity dates of the October and November Notes. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded amortization of the discount of $127,193. As of December 31, 2013 the net carrying value of the October and November Notes totaled $518,678 net of unamortized discount of $105,694. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 interest expense on the October and November Notes of $62,437 was recorded.

In connection with the issuance of the October and November Notes, the Company paid no cash transactions fees to brokers.

The following is a summary of convertible debentures outstanding as of December 31, 2013:
 
   
Face Value
   
Initial Discount
   
Amortization
   
Carrying Value
 
July 2012 Notes
  $ 205,224     $ (84,788 )   $ 60,058     $ 180,494  
September 2012 Notes
    330,900       (115,712 )     77,141       292,329  
October & November Notes
    59,000       (13,317 )     7,909       53,592  
November – Related Party Notes*
    565,372       (240,687 )     140,401       465,086  
Total
  $ 1,160,496     $ (454,504 )   $ 285,509     $ 991,501  
 
* In November 2013, Terry Anderton sold $100,000 principal amount of his related party note to an unrelated third party at face value.
   
Note 9 – Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity
 
The Company has one class of stock, common, which has a par value of $0.001 per share. The Company has authorized up to 50,000,000 shares to be issued. During 2011, the Company implemented a 1 for 3 reverse share split of its shares. This transaction had the effect of reducing the number of outstanding shares from 38,874,291 to 12,958,135. The previous periods were adjusted to reflect the stock split.

Issuance of Founders’ Stock - Shortly after the formation of the Company in 2009, a total of 7,300,667 shares were issued to founders of the Company and others at the direction of the founders.

Sales of Common Stock - During 2012, the Company raised gross proceeds of approximately $875,000 through the sale of 2,462,211shares of its common stock to accredited investors in a private placement at an average price of $.35 per share.  The Company incurred stock issuance costs of approximately $45,000 consisting chiefly of commissions paid to broker-dealers who assisted with the offering.
 
 
55

 
 
TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013

 
During 2013, the Company raised gross proceeds of $3,857,588 through the sale of 9,668,416 shares of our common stock to investors at a price of $0.40 per share. These sales of shares occurred at various times throughout 2013.  The Company incurred stock issuance costs of $186,729 consisting chiefly of commissions paid to broker-dealers who assisted with the offering. In addition, as consideration for services rendered in connection with the Private Placement, the Company issued to the Placement Agent 357,459 restricted shares of our Common Stock, representing 8% of the gross proceeds of the Private Placement at a price of $0.80 per share to determine the number of shares issued to the Placement Agent.
 
Common stock committed not yet issued – On December 29, 2011, the Company entered into a payment agreement and mutual release with an investment-banking firm that had been hired to provide strategic guidance and secure investors in the Company. The settlement calls for the Company to pay the firm $25,000 upon the Company’s next capital raise, and to issue the firm 100,000 shares of common stock.  The Company valued the shares at $0.25 and has reflected this $50,000 total settlement as an administrative expense in the statement of operations. The Company issued these shares to the investment firm in early 2012.

Reverse Merger Transaction - Trunity acquired a 90.1% interest in Brain Tree International, Inc., a Utah corporation (“BTI”), pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement with the three principal shareholders of Trunity Holdings, Inc., 961,974 of BTI shares were purchased for the price of $325,000 plus 325,000 shares of Trunity common stock. As part of the transaction, on January 24, 2012, immediately prior to the Merger, BTI reincorporated in Delaware and changed its name from Brain Tree International, Inc. to Trunity Holdings, Inc. Pursuant to the reincorporation, 105,064 minority shares of BTI automatically converted into the same number of shares of THI. As a result of the reverse merger the par amount for shares was reduced from $.001 to $.0001 and subsequently an entry was recorded in 2013 to reflect this reclassification.

Warrants for Services - During the year ended December 31, 2012, in connection with services rendered, the Company issued warrants to purchase 250,000 and 25,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.50 and $0.25 per share, respectively. The Company recognized expense of $37,453 related to warrants granted for services rendered during the 12-month period, ended December 31, 2012 and valued them at the grant date using the Black Scholes valuation model.

Shares for Services – During the year ended December 31, 2013, in connection with services rendered, the Company issued 120,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at a strike price of $0.40 per share in exchange for sales and brokerage services conducted on behalf of the Company.

Shares in exchange for conversion of trade payable – During the year ended December 31, 2013, in connection with services rendered, the Company issued 143,750 shares of the Company’s common stock at a strike price of $0.40 per share in exchange for settlement of an outstanding payable due to RCM Financial Consulting of $57,500.
 
Note 10 – Stock-Based Compensation
 
In 2009, the Company approved the 2009 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Option Plan (The Plan) and authorized an option pool of 5,500,000 shares. Stock options typically vest over a 3 year period and have a life of 10 years from the date granted. As of December 31, 2013, there were 16,233 shares available for awards under this plan.
 
 
56

 
 
TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013

 
In 2012, the Company approved the 2012 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Option Plan (The Plan) and authorized an option pool of 7,500,000 shares. Stock options typically vest over a 3 year period and have a life of 10 years from the date granted.  As of December 31, 2013, there were 5,046,141 shares available for awards under this plan.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company issued options to acquire 4,970,000 shares of common stock at exercise price(s) of $0.35-$0.70 per share to employees, directors, and consultants. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company issued options to acquire 5,830,000 shares of common stock at exercise price of $0.35 per share to employees, directors, and consultants.

The grant-date fair value of options is estimated using the Black Scholes option pricing model.  The per share weighted average fair value of stock options granted during 2013 was $0.36 and was determined using the following assumptions: expected price volatility ranging between 51% to 53%, risk-free interest rate ranging from .76% to 1.68%, zero expected dividend yield, and six years expected life of options. The per share weighted average fair value of stock options granted during 2012 was $.13 and was determined using the following assumptions:  expected price volatility ranging between 51% to 52%, risk-free interest rates ranging from  0.61% to 0.86%, zero expected dividend yield, and six years expected life of options.  The expected term of options granted is based on the simplified method in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin 107, and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding.  The Company makes assumptions with respect to expected stock price volatility based on the average historical volatility of peers with similar attributes. In addition, the Company determines the risk free rate by selecting the U.S. Treasury with maturities similar to the expected terms of grants, quoted on an investment basis in effect at the time of grant for that business day.

As of December 31, 2013, there was approximately $532,395 of total unrecognized stock compensation expense, related to unvested stock options under the Plan.  This expense is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted average vesting periods of the outstanding options of 1.8 years.
 
 
57

 
 
TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013

 
A summary of options issued, exercised and cancelled for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows (shares have been retroactively adjusted for the 1 for 3 reverse stock split in 2011):

      Shares    
Weighted-Average Exercise Price
   
Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Term
      Aggregate Intrinsic Value  
Outstanding at December 31, 2011
   
1,783,333
    $
0.32
     
6.08
     
 
Granted
   
 5,830,000
    $
0.35
     
9.60
     
 
Cancelled
   
(228,715
 
0.32
     
     
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2012
   
7,384,618
    $
0.34
     
8.30
     
 
Granted
   
       4,970,000
    $
0.48
     
9.87
     
 
Exercised
   
(110,092
  $
0.35
     
     
 
Cancelled
   
   (3,928,568
  $
0.35
     
     
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2013
   
8,315,958
    $
0.42
     
9.09
     
 
 
Note 11 – Warrants to Purchase Common Stock

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, in connection with services rendered, the issuance of convertible debt, and the sale of common stock the Company issued warrants to purchase 9,887,169 and 580,997 shares of the Company’s common stock at exercise prices of $1.00 and $0.25 to $1.00 per share, respectively. The Company recognized expense of $0 in 2013 and $41,015 in 2012 related to warrants granted for services rendered during the period and valued them at the grant date using the Black Scholes valuation model. All warrants are still outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and expire at various dates through 2016.

A summary of warrants issued, exercised and expired for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 follows:  
 
    Shares    
Weighted-Average ExercisePrice
   
Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Term
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2011
   
80,950
    $
3.00
     
0.75
 
Granted
   
580,997
    $
0.70
     
1.35
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2012
   
661,947
    $
0.80
     
1.31
 
Granted
   
9,887,169
    $
1.00
     
1.36
 
Expired
   
(63,050
  $
3.00
     
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2013
   
10,486,066
    $
1.00
     
1.36
 
Exercisable at December 31, 2013
   
10,486,066
    $
1.00
     
1.36
 
 
 
58

 
 
TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013

 
Note 12 – Income Taxes
 
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for tax purposes plus operating loss carryforwards. The tax effects of significant items comprising the Company’s net deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

   
As of December 31,
 
   
2013
   
2012
 
Deferred Tax Assets:
           
Net operating loss carryforward
  $ 4,627,565     $ 3,594,979  
Charitable contributions carryforward
    5,070       5,028  
Deferred Revenue
    125,108       11,103  
Property and Equipment
     9,015        
Stock-based compensation
    67,898        
Deferred Tax Assets
  $ 4,834,656     $ 3,611,110  
                 
Deferred Tax Liabilities
               
Property and Equipment
  $     $ (6,956 )
Stock-based compensation
          (17,489 )
Convertible Stock       (67,015      —  
Deferred Tax Liabilities
  $ (67,015 )   $ (24,445 )
                 
Valuation Allowances
    (4,767,641 )     (3,586,665 )
Total Net deferred tax assets
  $     $  
 
At December 31, 2013 the Company has tax operating losses of $12 million (tax effected $4.7 million). The Company is in a domestic cumulative taxable loss position for the three year period ended December 31, 2013, which is considered significant evidence that the Company may not be able to realize some portion or all of these deferred tax assets in the future. The Company has decided that based on all available evidence that a full valuation allowance should be taken against the entire deferred tax assets of $4.7 million.

The Company has federal operating loss carried forward of $11.6 million that can be carried forward for twenty years. The operating losses will begin to expire in 2029 through 2034. The Company’s ability to utilize the net operating losses is contingent on generating sufficient future taxable income prior to their expiration. As a result, an equivalent amount of taxable income would need to be generated in order to fully realize the net deferred tax assets. However due to the Company’s limited operating history and uncertainty of achieving sufficient profits to utilize the net operating loss carryforwards the Company has recorded a valuation allowance of $4.7 million related to the net deferred tax assets.
 
 
59

 
 
TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013

 
The Company will continue to monitor and update its assumptions and forecasts of future taxable income to determine if a valuation allowance will continue to be needed.
 
T he Company’s effective income tax rate is lower than what would be expected if the federal statutory rate were applied to the loss from operations primarily because of the effect of the state tax benefit, net of federal benefit, and the change in the valuation allowance provided against deferred tax assets. The change in the valuation allowance for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $1,180,976.

Uncertain Tax Positions
 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amount of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered in income.  Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that the tax benefits will not be realized.  Management has evaluated the effect of the guidance provided by GAAP on Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes.  Management has evaluated all other tax positions that could have a significant effect on the financial statements and determined the Company had no uncertain income tax positions at December 31, 2013.

Note 13 – Related Parties

The Company’s three founders, Terry Anderton, Les Anderton, and Joakim Lindblom have a number of transactions that warrant disclosure per ASC Topic 850, Related Party Disclosures.

Stock Options - In 2012, Mr. Lindblom was granted additional options to purchase additional 250,000 and 800,000 shares both at a strike price of $0.35.

Corporate Rental - Through September 2013, the Company paid monthly rent to Terry Anderton for his guest house used by corporate employees who work for extended periods of time at the corporate offices located in New Hampshire but reside elsewhere.

Credit Agreements – At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the notes payable to the founders consisted of short-term loans with the three founders.  Credit agreements exist with Terry Anderton and Les Anderton that allow the Company to borrow up to $0.9 million, as needed, to fund working capital needs. These agreements carry an interest rate of 10% and have been amended with board consent to remain in effect until December 31, 2014 subsequent to the initial expiration date.   The loans have no repayment terms but were repaid in the second quarter of 2013. As of December 31, 2013 only Les Anderton has a shareholder loan of $252. As of December 31, 2012, Terry Anderton, Les Anderton, and Joakim Lindblom had shareholder loans that were comprised of the following balances:  $28,401, $10,066 and $15,510, respectively.
 
 
60

 

TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013

 
Founder Stock Transactions - Upon forming the Company in 2009, 3,333,333 shares were issued to both Terry Anderton and Les Anderton for a total of 6,666,667 shares (as adjusted for a 1 for 3 reverse stock split in 2011). At December 31, 2013, Terry Anderton directly owned and controlled 4,550,412 shares; Les Anderton directly and indirectly, with his wife, controlled 4,907,683 shares; and Joakim Lindblom directly owned and controlled 467,000 shares.

Transactions with Officers Transactions with Officers -The Company’s current Interim CEO and CFO, Nicole Fernandez-McGovern, is one of the managing principals of both RCM Financial and Premier Financial Filings, companies that have provided contracted financial services to Trunity during 2013 and 2012.  In 2013, RCM Financial Inc., a financial consulting firm providing interim CFO services, and accounting and tax professional services was paid total fees of $42,630 by the Company; and Premier Financial Filings, a full service financial printer, was compensated $2,163.  In 2012, RCM Financial received $ 93,000 in total fees from the Company. Ms. Fernandez-McGovern’s services as CFO in a consulting capacity were paid through April 2013 as part of RCM Financial until she became the Company’s full-time CFO.
 
The Company’s Chief Education Officer Cutler Cleveland, prior to his full-time employment was a consultant for the company and currently authors on the platform. In his capacity as an author and consultant he received royalty payments based on his transaction sales for his vbook and a monthly consultant fee. In 2013 and 2012 he received $33,458 and $11,097 respectively. As a result of his full-time employment with Trunity the company has discontinued payment of his consulting fees on a go forward basis.

In 2012, various notes with the founders were converted to debentures with the Company.

Conversion to Debentures
   
Notes Payable to Founders
 
Terry Anderton
  $ 261,932  
Les Anderton
    222,170  
Joakim Lindblom
    81,270  
Total
  $ 565,372  

Note 14 – Commitments and Contingencies

Leases
 
In 2010, the Company entered into a lease agreement for 6,400 square feet of office space located in Newburyport, Massachusetts. This lease was effective from August 2010 through July 2013. This agreement provided a free rent period of the first four months of the term.
 
 
61

 
 
TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013

 
In August 2013, the Company executed a lease for 8,713 square feet for its corporate offices located in Portsmouth, New Hampshire. The lease commenced on August 9, 2013 and has a five-year term ending on September 8, 2018. The monthly rental payments for the first year are $10,165 per month and will increase on each anniversary at a rate of 3% per annum. The Company is required to pay its proportionate share of the building’s common area maintenance (“CAM”), real estate taxes, utilities serving the premises and the cost of premises janitorial service. These additional items are estimated to be $5,900 on a monthly basis.

In September 2013, the Company executed a lease for office space located in Palo Alto, California. The lease commenced on September 1, 2013 with monthly payments of $600 per month and has a twelve month term ending on August 31, 2014. The Company has sublet partial space of the office in Palo Alto for $300 a month through the end of the rental term ending on August 31, 2014.

The minimum lease payments payable over the remaining life of the agreements are:
 
   
2014
   
2015
   
2016
   
2017
   
2018
 
Remaining lease payments by year
  $ 128,602     $ 128,890     $ 130,695     $ 134,646     $ 91,454  

          For the years ending December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company recognized approximately $98,000 and $89,000 respectively in rent expense.
 
Legal

In February 2012, Trunity and our former CEO Terry Anderton were served with a complaint filed by an ex-Trunity, employee, William Horn, in the Nashua, New Hampshire, Superior Court. The plaintiff served as Executive Vice President of Marketing & Business Development from March until August 2011 at an annual salary of $100,000. He asserts whistleblower status and alleges that he was wrongfully terminated because of his allegations that the Company had violated securities, tax and employment laws. The complaint seeks unspecified damages under the New Hampshire Whistleblower Act and common law, including reinstatement, back pay and attorney’s fees and costs. In May 2012, we responded to the complaint by denying all material allegations and filing a counterclaim against the plaintiff for breach of contract, tortious interference with contractual and business relations, breach of fiduciary duty and violation of the Uniform Trade Secrets Act. Discovery has begun; a deposition of Mr. Horn was conducted on March 25, 2013.  No expert has been disclosed by Mr. Horn for liability or damages.

On June 13, 2013, the Court granted our Motion to Dismiss Terry Anderton, in his individual capacity, from the case. Therefore, Trunity remains the sole defendant in this matter. We continue to proceed with discovery and may schedule a second deposition of the plaintiff based upon the additional documents and information produced by the plaintiff pursuant to the Court’s Order. As discovery continues, third party depositions are expected to be scheduled.

Trial of the case is now scheduled for the weeks of June 16 and June 23, 2014. Pretrial materials are due May 23, 2014 and a trial conference has been scheduled for June 6, 2014.  Based on the preliminary information available to us, we believe that the complaint is without merit and intend to vigorously defend the case and prosecute the counterclaim.
 
 
62

 
 
TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013

 
Mediation is mandatory in New Hampshire.  A half-day mediation has been scheduled for April 14, 2014.  To date, there has not been a settlement demand from Plaintiff.  Moreover, at this point in the litigation, Trunity has paid in full the deductible under the applicable insurance policy and the insurance company is paying for the defense of this case.

There are no other material pending legal proceedings to which we are a party or to which any of our property is subject and, to the best of our knowledge, no such actions against us are contemplated or threatened.

Note 15 – Subsequent Events

On February 12, 2014, Arol Buntzman resigned from his positions as Chairman, Director and Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of the Company.  The Company’s Board of Directors has commenced a search for a permanent CEO and has appointed Nicole Fernandez-McGovern, the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, as interim CEO to serve until a permanent CEO is hired.

As a result of Mr. Buntzman’ s resignation pursuant to the December 2013 non-qualified stock option agreement between him and the Company which granted to him options to purchase up to 4,000,000 shares of common stock outside of the Company’s 2009 and 2012 stock option plans (the “Option Agreement”) options to purchase 1,500,000 shares of stock were automatically cancelled. These options covered the tranches of 500,000 shares each at an exercise price of $.40, $.60 and $.70, respectively. The Company believes that some or all of the remaining options under the Option Agreement, representing 1,500,000 shares in three tranches of 500,000 shares each at exercise prices of $.40, $.60 and $.70, respectively, should be cancelled based on the circumstances of Mr. Buntzman’ s resignation.  Mr. Buntzman disputes the Company’s position. If the dispute is not settled, the matter is subject to binding arbitration. No demand for arbitration has been filed by either party. See Note 10 Stock-Based Compensation.
 
On January 21, 2014, Jude Blake resigned as a Director of the Company.

From March 1, 2014 to April 11, 2014, the Company raised gross proceeds of $53,000 through the sale of 353,333 shares of its Common Stock to accredited investors in private placement transactions at a price of $0.165 per share.  Each investor also received a five-year warrant to purchase one share of common stock for every four shares purchased at an exercise price of $0.50 per share. In addition, in March 2014 we borrowed $100,000 from an accredited investor pursuant to a six month convertible promissory note bearing interest at 10% per year. The note is convertible at $.165 per share with the same warrant coverage as for the shares privately sold as set forth above.  The Company incurred $5,000 of securities issuance costs representing commissions paid to broker-dealers who assisted these transactions.
 
 
63

 
 
 
None.
 
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.
 
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures . We maintain “disclosure controls and procedures” as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, our management recognized that disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of disclosure controls and procedures are met. Additionally, in designing disclosure controls and procedures, our management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible disclosure controls and procedures. The design of any disclosure controls and procedures also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Based on her evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective such that the information relating to our company, required to be disclosed in our Securities and Exchange Commission reports (i) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and (ii) is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
 
 
64

 
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
 
 
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;
 
 
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and

 
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of the inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design of our internal control over financial reporting. Based on this assessment, our management has concluded that as of December 31, 2013, our internal control over financial reporting was effective to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting. During the fourth quarter of 2013, there were no changes that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 

None.
 
 
65

 
 
 
 
            The following table and biographical summaries set forth information, including principal occupation and business experience about our directors and executive officers:

Name
 
Age
 
Position
         
Nicole Fernandez-McGovern
 
41
 
Interim Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Corporate Secretary
         
Dr. Joakim Lindblom
 
52
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer (and former Secretary and Director)
         
Dr. Cutler Cleveland
 
58
 
Chief Education Officer
         
Les Anderton
 
69
 
Director
         
Ivan Berkowitz, PhD
 
66
 
Director
         
Richard H. Davis
 
56
 
Director
         
Dana M. Reed
 
42
 
Director

Nicole Fernandez-McGovern – Interim Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Corporate Secretary

Ms. Fernandez-McGovern has served as our Company’s Chief Financial Officer since April 2013 and as Interim-CEO since February 2014.  From March 2012 to March 2013, she provided financial consulting services Trunity through RCM Financial Consulting, a firm she continues to serve as Managing Principal.  RCM was a management consulting firm founded by Ms. Fernandez-McGovern that provided interim Chief Financial Officer services for numerous companies seeking to capitalize on her expertise in SEC reporting, technical accounting, treasury and strategic cash flow management, audits, budgeting and financial planning.  Ms. Fernandez-McGovern is also one of the founders and Managing Principals of Premier Financial Filings, a full service financial printer providing SEC filing support services to publicly traded companies, including the Company since 2013.
 
 
66

 
 
She previously served in leadership roles in the private sector for such companies as Elizabeth Arden, Inc. and Ryder System, Inc., where she worked closely with senior management and was involved in all aspects of the SEC, treasury and financial reporting processes. Ms. Fernandez-McGovern began her professional career at KPMG in the audit and assurance practice where she managed a wide range of large scale engagements for both public and privately held companies.  She has a Master of Business Administration with a concentration in Accounting and International Business, and a Bachelor of Business Administration with a concentration in accounting, both from the University of Miami. She is also a Certified Public Accountant in the State of Florida and is fluent in Spanish.

Joakim F. Lindblom, Ph.D. – Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer

Dr. Lindblom is a co-founder of Trunity and has been our Company’s Chief Technology Officer since its inception in July 2009.  He also served as a member of the Board of Directors from inception through the fall of 2013.  An innovator and pioneer in the field of education technology, Dr. Lindblom is responsible for product development and operations at Trunity, and is the Chief Architect of the Trunity eLearning Platform .  He has over 20 years’ experience in Internet information architecture, global R&D, technology business management, space science instrumentation and solar astrophysics.  Previously, he served as Vice President of Platform Strategy at ManyOne Networks, Global R&D Management Consultant at Nokia and Chief Scientist for NASA’s UHRXS Space Station project and MSSTA solar observatory at Stanford University. Dr. Lindblom has a Ph.D. in Applied Physics and Astrophysics from Stanford University, as well as a Bachelors of Science degree with honors in Physics from the California Institute of Technology.

Cutler J. Cleveland, Ph.D. – Chief Education Officer

Appointed to serve as Trunity’s Chief Education Officer in July 2013, Dr. Cleveland is also Professor of Earth and Environment at Boston University, where he serves on the faculty of the Center for Energy and Environmental Studies.   Professor Cleveland is the co-author of Environmental Science , the web’s first entirely electronic introductory textbook on the subject, which was authored and published on the Trunity eLearning Platform .  He is also Editor-in-Chief of the Encyclopedia of Energy (Elsevier, 2004), winner of an American Library Association award, the Dictionary of Energy (Elsevier, 2005), Handbook of Energy (Elsevier, forthcoming), and is the Founding Editor-in-Chief of the Encyclopedia of the Earth .  He is the recipient of the Adelman-Frankel Award from the United States Association of Energy Economics for “unique and innovative contributions to the field of energy economics.”

Dr. Cleveland’s research has been funded by the Mellon Foundation, the National Science Foundation, the National Aeronautics and Space Administration, the Environmental Protection Agency, and the MacArthur Foundation. He has published his findings in journals such as Nature , Science , Ecological Modeling , Energy , The Energy Journal , The Annual Review of Energy , Resource and Energy Economics , the American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin , the Canadian Journal of Forest Research and Ecological Economics.   Professor Cleveland has been a consultant to numerous private and public organizations, including the Asian Development Bank, the United Nations Commission on Sustainable Development, Charles River Associates, the Energy Information Administration and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. He has won publication awards from the International Association of Energy Economics, the American Library Association and the National Wildlife Federation. Professor Cleveland holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Ecology from Cornell University, a Master of Science degree in Marine Science from Louisiana State University, and a Ph.D. in Geography from the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
 
 
67

 
 
Les Anderton – Director

Mr. Anderton was appointed as a new director in December 2013.  As a original director and former Executive Vice President of Finance of Trunity, he has already played a significant role in the Company’s corporate structuring and previous capital formation activities.  Mr. Anderton brings to Trunity over 40 years’ experience in sales, marketing, corporate finance and mergers and acquisitions.  Les began his career with the Lever Brothers Company in New York, where he was Sales Plans Development Manager for the Personal Products Division.  He left Lever Brothers after ten years to pursue a career on Wall Street. He earned distinction as an investment banker for, among others, John Hancock, Covey & Company, and currently Wilson-Davis & Company, Salt Lake City.  Mr. Anderton has compiled significant financial analysis expertise in a broad range of industries, including technology, energy, healthcare and real estate, and as an active individual investor and due diligence manager for Alternative Investments at Wilson-Davis. With professional designations of CLU and ChFC, he also holds several securities licenses, including Series 7, Series 24, Series 27 and Series 63. Les Anderton is the father of Terry Anderton.

Ivan Berkowitz, Ph.D. – Director

Dr. Berkowitz has served as an independent member of the Board since his appointment in November 2013.  Dr. Berkowitz is a corporate executive and advisor with 40 years of professional experience in the financial and real estate industries.  He has acted as a corporate advisor on matters that pertain to corporate structure and governance, transfer pricing, EEC antitrust law, mergers and international syndication.  In 2003, he co-founded and has since served as the Chairman of Great Court Capital, a global structured finance and traditional merchant banking firm based in New York City, active in identifying, investing and managing the investment process for a syndicate of high net worth individuals, hedge funds and institutions.

Until its sale in 2003, Dr. Berkowitz served as senior managing partner of Avatar Associates, a New York-based institutional asset management firm managing $1.8 billion in assets. He has been a member of the boards of directors of both public and private companies, domestically and internationally. In addition to these activities, he is a Board member of the Council for Economic Education, is a past board member of Yeshiva College and Cambridge in America, Dr. Berkowitz holds a Ph.D. in International Law from Cambridge University, an MBA in Finance (honors) from Baruch College and a B.A. cum laude in Economics from Brooklyn College.  He has guest lectured at professional and academic forums that have included Young Presidents’ Organization, Cambridge University, Whittier College, School of Law, and New York University’s Center for Law and Business. Over the years, he has contributed to media, business, law and academic journals, including the Cambridge Law Journal and Juris Doctor .

Richard H. Davis − Director

Mr. Davis has served as an independent member of the Board since 2012.  He has over 30 years of experience in finance, investment banking and venture capital. In February 2008, he became a Director of PowerVerde Inc., a Phoenix, Arizona-based producer of emissions-free electric power generation systems. Since August 2011, he has also served as the part-time Chief Executive Officer of PowerVerde.  Beginning in 1982, Mr. Davis worked for First Equity Corporation, a regional full-service brokerage and investment bank.  While at First Equity, his duties included equity deal structure and brokerage-related activities. After First Equity was acquired in 2001, he joined the corporate finance department of William R. Hough & Company, where he continued structuring equity finance and private acquisitions. Hough was acquired in 2004 by RBC Dain Rauscher, a global investment banking firm. Dain consolidated Hough’s corporate finance activities into its New York offices, at which time Mr. Davis joined Martinez-Ayme Securities, assuming the newly-created position of Managing Director of Corporate Finance.  He received a Bachelor of Science degree in Economics from Florida State University in 1982.
 
 
68

 
 
Dana M. Reed − Director

Ms. Reed was appointed as a member of the Board in June 2013.  She is the Chief Executive Officer of PanAfrican Investment Co. (“PIC”) and is responsible for managing the business day-to-day, as well as overseeing all investment decisions. Prior to joining PIC, she served as Managing Director of UCM Partners, where her responsibilities included marketing, product development and strategic growth of the firm. She previously served as a Vice President of Institutional Equity Sales at Friedman Billings Ramsey, and she was in the Investment Banking Groups of JP Morgan and Goldman Sachs.  Ms. Reed began her career as a Fellow at the Export-Import Bank of the U.S. She received a Bachelor of Business Administration in International Business with minors in Marketing and Spanish and a Masters of Business Administration from Howard University. She was appointed by New York Governor Paterson to serve as a Director of the Harlem Community Development Corp. and still serves in that role today. In addition to serving Trunity’s Board, Ms. Reed also serves on the Board of Directors of PrePex and Shea Yeleen.

Arrangements for Nomination as Directors and Changes in Procedures for Nomination; Election of Directors

No arrangement or understanding exists between any director or nominee and any other persons pursuant to which any individual was or is to be selected or serve as a director.  No director has any family relationship with any other director or with any of the Company’s executive officers.
 
Holders of our Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors is not permitted by our Certificate of Incorporation.
 
Our Board of Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the shareholders or at a special meeting called for that purpose. Each director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until the director’s successor is elected and qualified.
 
Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

During the last ten years, none of our Directors, persons nominated to become Directors, or executive officers were subject to any of the following events material to an evaluation of the ability or integrity of any such person:
 
 
A petition under the Federal bankruptcy laws or any state insolvency law was filed by or against, or a receiver, fiscal agent or similar officer was appointed by a court for the business or property of such person, or any partnership in which he was a general partner at or within two years before the time of such filing, or any corporation or business association of which he was an executive officer at or within two years before the time of such filing;
 
 
69

 
 
 
Such person was convicted in a criminal proceeding or is a named subject of a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses);

 
Such person was the subject of any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction, permanently or temporarily enjoining him from, or otherwise limiting, the following activities:

 
o
Acting as a futures commission merchant, introducing broker, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, floor broker, leverage transaction merchant, any other person regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or an associated person of any of the foregoing, or as an investment adviser, underwriter, broker or dealer in securities, or as an affiliated person, director or employee of any investment company, bank, savings and loan association or insurance company, or engaging in or continuing any conduct or practice in connection with such activity;
 
 
o
Engaging in any type of business practice; or
 
 
o
Engaging in any activity in connection with the purchase or sale of any security or commodity or in connection with any violation of Federal or State securities laws or Federal commodities laws;

 
Such person was the subject of any order, judgment or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any Federal or State authority barring, suspending or otherwise limiting for more than 60 days the right of such person to engage in any activity described in paragraph (f)(3)(i) Item 401 of Regulation S-K, or to be associated with persons engaged in any such activity;

 
Such person was found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) to have violated any Federal or State securities law, and the judgment in such civil action or finding by the Commission has not been subsequently reversed, suspended, or vacated;
 
 
Such person was found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated any Federal commodities law, and the judgment in such civil action or finding by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission has not been subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated;

 
Such person was the subject of, or a party to, any Federal or State judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, relating to an alleged violation of:

 
o
Any Federal or State securities or commodities law or regulation; o

 
o
Any law or regulation respecting financial institutions or insurance companies including, but not limited to, a temporary or permanent injunction, order of disgorgement or restitution, civil money penalty or temporary or permanent cease-and-desist order, or removal or prohibition order; or

 
o
Any law or regulation prohibiting mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity; or

 
Such person was the subject of, or a party to, any sanction or order, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any self-regulatory organization (as defined in Section 3(a)(26) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(26))), any registered entity (as defined in Section 1(a)(29) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1(a)(29))), or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or organization that has disciplinary authority over its members or persons associated with a member.
 
 
70

 
 
Committees
 
Our Audit Committee consists of Messrs. Berkowitz and Davis and Ms. Reed, with Mr. Berkowitz elected as Chairman of the Committee.  Our Board of Directors has determined that each of Messrs. Berkowitz and Davis are “independent” as that term is defined under applicable SEC rules and under the current listing standards of the NASDAQ and NYSE.  Mr. Berkowitz is also qualified as our Audit Committee financial expert.

Our Board of Directors has adopted a written charter setting forth the authority and responsibilities of the Audit Committee. Our Audit Committee’s responsibilities include: (i) reviewing the independence, qualifications, services, fees, and performance of the independent auditors, (ii) appointing, replacing and discharging the independent auditor, (iii) pre-approving the professional services provided by the independent auditor, (iv) reviewing the scope of the annual audit and reports and recommendations submitted by the independent auditor, and (v) reviewing our financial reporting and accounting policies, including any significant changes, with management and the independent auditor.

Our Compensation/Stock Option Committee consists of Messrs. Berkowitz and Davis, with Mr. Davis elected as Chairman of the Committee.  Our Board of Directors has determined that all of the members are “independent” under the current listing standards of the NYSE MKT. Our Board of Directors has adopted a written charter setting forth the authority and responsibilities of the Compensation/Stock Option Committee.

Our Compensation Committee has responsibility for assisting the Board of Directors with, among other things, evaluating and making recommendations regarding the compensation of our executive officers and directors, assuring that the executive officers are compensated effectively in a manner consistent with our stated compensation strategy, producing an annual report on executive compensation in accordance with the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, periodically evaluating the terms and administration of our incentive plans and benefit programs and monitoring of compliance with the legal prohibition on loans to our directors and executive officers.

Board Meetings; Committee Meetings; and Annual Meeting Attendance

During 2013, the Board of Directors held 1 regular meeting in person and 10 special telephonic meetings. Each regular and telephonic meeting was attended by all of the members of the Board.

The Board does not have a policy regarding director attendance at annual meetings. We did not have an in person annual meeting of shareholders in 2013.

Shareholder Recommendations for Board Nominees

The Board does not have a Governance or Nominating Committee that is tasked with identifying individuals qualified to become Board members and recommending to the Board the director nominees for the next annual meeting of shareholders. Until such committee is formed, shareholder recommendations for Board nominees are directed to the entire Board, who considers the qualifications of the person recommended based on a variety of factors, including:
 
 
71

 
 
 
the appropriate size and the diversity of our Board;

 
our needs with respect to the particular talents and experience of our directors;

 
the knowledge, skills and experience of nominees, including experience in technology, business, finance, administration or public service, in light of prevailing business conditions and the knowledge, skills and experience already possessed by other members of the Board;

 
experience with accounting rules and practices;

 
whether such person qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” pursuant to the SEC Rules;

 
appreciation of the relationship of our business to the changing needs of society; and

 
the desire to balance the considerable benefit of continuity with the periodic injection of the fresh perspective provided by new members.
 
Compliance with Section 16(A) of the Exchange Act

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires the Company’s directors, executive officers and persons who beneficially own 10% or more of a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act to file reports of beneficial ownership and changes in beneficial ownership with the SEC. Directors, executive officers and greater than 10% stockholders are required by the rules and regulations of the SEC to furnish the Company with copies of all reports filed by them in compliance with Section 16(a).
 
Based solely on our review of certain reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the reports required to be filed with respect to transactions in our common stock during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, were timely. 

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which applies to our Board of Directors, our executive officers and our employees, and outlines the broad principles of ethical business conduct we adopted, covering subject areas such as:
 
 
compliance with applicable laws and regulations,
 
 
handling of books and records,
 
 
public disclosure reporting,
 
 
insider trading,
 
 
discrimination and harassment,
 
 
health and safety,
 
 
conflicts of interest,
 
 
competition and fair dealing, and
 
 
protection of company assets.
 
 
72

 
 
A copy of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is attached as an exhibit to this Report.
 
Certain Legal Proceedings

In February 2012, Trunity and our former CEO Terry Anderton were served with a complaint filed by an ex-Trunity, employee, William Horn, in the Nashua, New Hampshire, Superior Court. The plaintiff served as Executive Vice President of Marketing & Business Development from March until August 2011 at an annual salary of $100,000. He asserts whistleblower status and alleges that he was wrongfully terminated because of his allegations that the Company had violated securities, tax and employment laws. The complaint seeks unspecified damages under the New Hampshire Whistleblower Act and common law, including reinstatement, back pay and attorney’s fees and costs. In May 2012, we responded to the complaint by denying all material allegations and filing a counterclaim against the plaintiff for breach of contract, tortious interference with contractual and business relations, breach of fiduciary duty and violation of the Uniform Trade Secrets Act. Discovery has begun; a deposition of Mr. Horn was conducted on March 25, 2013.  No expert has been disclosed by Mr. Horn for liability or damages.

On June 13, 2013, the Court granted our Motion to Dismiss Terry Anderton, in his individual capacity, from the case. Therefore, Trunity remains the sole defendant in this matter. We continue to proceed with discovery and may schedule a second deposition of the plaintiff based upon the additional documents and information produced by the plaintiff pursuant to the Court’s Order. As discovery continues, third party depositions are expected to be scheduled.

Trial of the case is now scheduled for the weeks of June 16 and June 23, 2014. Pretrial materials are due May 23, 2014 and a trial conference has been scheduled for June 6, 2014.  Based on the preliminary information available to us, we believe that the complaint is without merit and intend to vigorously defend the case and prosecute the counterclaim.

Mediation is mandatory in New Hampshire.  A half-day mediation has been scheduled for April 14, 2014.  To date, there has not been a settlement demand from Plaintiff.  Moreover, at this point in the litigation, Trunity has paid in full the deductible under the applicable insurance policy and the insurance company is paying for the defense of this case.

There are no other material pending legal proceedings to which we are a party or to which any of our property is subject and, to the best of our knowledge, no such actions against us are contemplated or threatened.


Summary of Executive Compensation 

The following table sets forth the compensation of the Company’s current and former Chief Executive Officers and each other executive officers serving as such whose annual compensation exceeded $100,000, for services in all capacities to the Company in 2013, except as otherwise indicated.  The value attributable to any option awards is computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The assumptions made in the valuations of the option awards are included in Note 6(D) of the Notes to our Financial Statements appearing later in this report. 
 
 
73

 
 
S ummary of Executive Compensation Chart
 
Name and Position(s)
 
Year
 
Salary
($)
   
Bonus
($)
   
Stock Awards
($)
   
Option Awards ($)
   
Other
($)
   
Total Compensation
($)
 
Nicole Fernandez-McGovern
 
2013
  $ 108,750     $ 15,000       -0-     $ 105,538       -0-     $ 229,288  
Interim CEO and CFO
 
2012
    -0-       -0-       -0-       -0-       -0-        
                                                     
Dr. Joakim Lindblom
 
2013
  $ 124,458     $ 15,000       -0-       -0-       -0-     $ 139,458  
EVP and CTO
 
2012
  $ 98,748       -0-       -0-     $ 178,290       -0-       277,038  
                                                     
Dr. Cutler Cleveland
 
2013
  $ 50,300       -0-       -0-       -0-       -0-     $ 50,300  
Chief Education Officer
 
2012
    -0-       -0-       -0-       -0-       -0-       -0-  
                                                     
Terry B. Anderton (1)
 
2013
  $ 168,780     $ 40,000       -0-       -0-       -0-     $ 208,780  
Former Chairman, President and CEO
 
2012
    176,166       -0-       -0-     $ 476,000       -0-     $ 652,166  
                                                     
Arol Buntzman (2)
 
2013
    -0-       -0-       -0-     $ 376,784       -0-     $ 376,784  
Former Chairman and CEO
 
2012
    -0-       -0-       -0-       -0-       -0-       -0-  
 
(1) On October 14, 2013, Mr. Anderton resigned as an officer and director of Trunity.
 
(2) On February 12, 2014, Mr. Buntzman resigned as an officer and director of Trunity.
 
Executive Employment, Termination and Change of Control Arrangements

We do not have any employment contracts for our executive officers; however our Board’s Compensation Committee is reviewing our executive compensation structure, and we intend to implement employment contracts for our executive officers in 2014.

Effective September 24, 2013, Mr. Terry Anderton resigned as the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, but remained for a brief period as President and a member of the Board of Directors.  On October 14, 2013, Mr. Anderton resigned as President and a Director of Trunity.

Effective September 24, 2013, Dr. Arol Buntzman was appointed as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.  Dr. Buntzman resigned as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Trunity on February 12, 2014.

Effective February 12, 2014, Ms. Nicole Fernandez-McGovern, the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, was appointed to serve as Interim CEO of the Company while the Board commences a search for a permanent CEO.
 
 
74

 
 
Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2013 The following table sets forth the outstanding stock options held by the named executive officers and directors as of December 31, 2013:
 
Name
 
Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable
   
Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable
   
Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options (#)
   
Option Exercise Price
($)
 
Option Expiration Date
Nicole Fernandez-McGovern
          500,000 (1)         $ 0.40  
04/01/2023
Dr. Cutler Cleveland
    67,580 (2)     32,420 (2)         $ 0.25  
12/22/2021
Dr. Joakim Lindblom
    333,333 (3)               $ 0.33  
08/01/2019
Dr. Joakim Lindblom
    100,000 (4)               $ 0.33  
03/02/2020
Dr. Joakim Lindblom
    296,803 (5)     36,530 (5)         $ 0.25  
05/01/2021
Dr. Joakim Lindblom
    48,384 (6)     11,616 (6)         $ 0.25  
08/01/2021
Dr. Joakim Lindblom
    159,817 (7)     90,183 (7)         $ 0.35  
01/31/2022
Dr. Joakim Lindblom
    332,420 (8)     467,580 (8)         $ 0.35  
10/02/2022
Terry Anderton
    222,100 (9)               $ 0.35  
10/15/2015
Dr. Arol Buntzman
    1,000,000 (10)               $ 0.30  
12/22/2023
Dr. Arol Buntzman
          1,000,000 (10)         $ 0.40  
12/22/2023
Dr. Arol Buntzman
          1,000,000 (10)         $ 0.60  
12/22/2023
Dr. Arol Buntzman
          1,000,000 (10)         $ 0.70  
12/22/2023

(1) These options vest over a three year period with: (i) 166,667 vesting on April 1, 2014, and (ii) 333,333 vesting each month over a 24 month period from April 2, 2014 through April 1, 2016.
 
(2) These options vest over a three year period with: (i) 33,333 vesting on December 22, 2012, and (ii) 66,667 vesting each month over a 24 month period from December 23, 2012 through December 22, 2016.
 
(3) These options were fully vested on August 1, 2012.
 
(4) These options were fully vested on March 1, 2013.
 
(5) These options vest over a three year period with: (i) 111,111 vesting on May 1, 2012, and (ii) 222,222 vesting each month over a 24 month period from May 2, 2012 through May 1, 2014.
 
(6) These options vest over a three year period with: (i) 20,000 vesting on August 1, 2012, and (ii) 40,000 vesting each month over a 24 month period from August 2, 2012 through August 1, 2015.
 
(7) These options vest over a three year period with: (i) 83,333 vesting on January 31, 2013, and (ii) 166,667 vesting each month over a 24 month period from February 1, 2013 through January 31, 2015.
 
(8) These options vest over a three year period with: (i) 266,667 vesting on October 2, 2013, and (ii) 533,333 vesting each month over a 24 month period from October 3, 2013 through October 2, 2016.
 
(9) These options were fully vested on October 15, 2013.
 
(10) As a result of Mr. Buntzman’ s resignation pursuant to the December 2013 non-qualified stock option agreement between him and the Company which granted to him options to purchase up to 4,000,000 shares of common stock outside of the Company’s 2009 and 2012 stock option plans (the “Option Agreement”)  options to purchase 1,500,000 shares of stock were automatically cancelled. These options covered the tranches of 500,000 shares each at an exercise price of $.40, $.60 and $.70, respectively. The Company believes that some or all of the remaining options under the Option Agreement, representing 1,500,000 shares in three tranches of 500,000 shares each at exercise prices of $.40, $.60 and $.70, respectively, should be cancelled based on the circumstances of Mr. Buntzman’ s resignation.  Mr. Buntzman disputes the Company’s position. If the dispute is not settled, the matter is subject to binding arbitration. No demand for arbitration has been filed by either party.
 
 
75

 
 
Pension Benefits; Nonqualified Defined Contribution and Other Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans
 
The Company does not offer pension benefits, non-qualified contribution or other deferred compensation plans to its executive officers.
 
Compensation of Directors
 
The following table sets forth, for the year ended December 31, 2013, information relating to the compensation of each director of the Company who served during the fiscal year and who was not a named executive officer. Compensation received or accrued by Terry B. Anderton, Dr. Joakim Lindblom and Arol Buntzman during their former tenures as executive officers are fully reflected in the tables above.
 
Director Name
 
Fees Earned or Paid in Cash
   
Stock Awards
   
Option Awards
   
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation
   
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings
   
All Other Compensation
   
Total
 
Les Anderton
    -0-       -0-       -0-       -0-       -0-       -0-       -0-  
Ivan Berkowitz, PhD
    -0-       -0-       -0-       -0-       -0-       -0-       -0-  
Richard H. Davis
    -0-       -0-       -0-       -0-       -0-       -0-       -0-  
Dana M. Reed
    -0-       -0-       -0-       -0-       -0-       -0-       -0-  
Jude Blake (1)
    -0-       -0-       -0-       -0-       -0-       -0-       -0-  
David Breukelman (2)
    -0-       -0-       -0-       -0-       -0-       -0-       -0-  
 
(1) Mr. Blake resigned from Trunity's Board in January 2014.
 
(2) Mr. Breukelman resigned from Trunity's Board in April 2013.
 
Narrative to Director Compensation Table
 
We have not established standard compensation arrangements for our directors and  compensation payable to each individual for his/her service on our Board is determined from time to time by our Board of Directors based upon the amount of time expended and other contributions by each of the directors on our behalf.

 
The following table sets forth certain information as of April 11, 2014 regarding the beneficial ownership of our Common Stock by (i) each person (including any “group” as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) known by us to be a beneficial owner of more than 5% of our Common Stock, (ii) each of our directors and “named executive officers;” and (iii) all of our directors and executive officers as a group.  To our knowledge, no other person beneficially owns more than 5% of our Common Stock.  At April 11, 2014, we had 47,051,224 shares of Common Stock outstanding.
 
 
76

 
 
We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC.  Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our common stock that they beneficially own.
 
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
 
Amount and Nature of Beneficial Ownership of Shares Owned
   
Percent of Class
 
Debra Anderton
           
4866 S. Viewmont St.
    5,599,351 (1)     11.9 %
Holladay, Utah 84117
               
                 
Terry B. Anderton
               
51 Depot Road
    6,291,108 (2)     13.1 %
Portsmouth, New Hampshire 03081
               
                 
PanAfrican Investment Co., LLC
            10.1 %
420 Lexington Ave, Suite 2650
    5,000,000 (3)        
New York, NY 10170
               
                 
Executive Officers and Directors
               
                 
Nicole Fernandez-McGovern, Interim CEO & CFO
    544,566 (4)     1.1 %
                 
Dr. Cutler Cleveland
    77,078 (5)     0.2 %
                 
Dr. Joakim Lindblom, EVP & CTO
    2,356,262 (6)     4.8 %
                 
Les Anderton
    2,863,334 (1)(7)     5.9 %
                 
Ivan Berkowitz, Director
    -0- (8)     0.0 %
                 
Richard H. Davis, Director
    500,000       1.1 %
                 
Dana Reed, Director
    -0- (2)(8)(9)     0.0 %
                 
All Directors and Executive Officers as a group (7 persons)
    6,341,240 (10)     12.5 %
 
(1)
These shares are directly or indirectly owned by a trust whose sole trustee and beneficiary is Debra Anderton, wife of Les Anderton, our Director. Les Anderton disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares.
(2)
Includes shares held by trusts for Mr. Anderton’s children for which he is trustee, 462,663 shares underlying convertible debentures owned by Mr Anderton, and 626,930 shares subject to currently exercisable common stock options and warrants.
(3)
Includes 2,500,000 shares subject to currently exercisable warrants.
(4)
Includes 171,223 shares that are subject to currently exercisable stock options.
(5)
Includes 77,078 shares that are subject to currently exercisable stock options.
(6)
Includes 232,200 shares underlying convertible debentures owned by Mr. Lindblom and 1,607,062 shares subject to currently exercisable common stock options and warrants.
(7)
Includes 634,771 shares underlying convertible debentures owned by Mr. A nderton and 839,735 shares subject to currently exercisable common stock options and warrants.
(8)
Dana Reed is CEO of PanAfrican Investment Co., LLC.             
(9)
Includes 866,971 shares underlying convertible debentures and 2,835,108 shares subject to currently exercisable common stock options and warrants.
(10)
In January 2014, Mr. Berkowitz was granted an option to purchase 250,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $.30 per share. These options vest one-third in one year and the balance monthly over two years.
 
77

 
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information

The Company has two plans under which stock options are currently outstanding or pursuant to which stock options may be granted, the 2009 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Option Plan and the 2012 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Option Plan. The terms of each plan are substantially the same.

Options granted under each plan may be incentive stock options qualified under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code or non-qualified stock options. In October 2012, the Company approved the 2012 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Option Plan (“the Plan”) and authorized an additional option pool of 7,500,000 shares. Under the terms of both plans stock options typically vest over a three year period and have a life of 10 years from the date granted. The Company has the right to accelerate the option vesting of certain employees who terminated their employment subsequent to issuance, but agree to work in a consulting capacity.
 
The following table provides information regarding the shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance under the Company’s equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2013:

Plan
 
Expiration
 
Original Number of Shares
   
Options Granted, Net of Forfeitures During 2013
   
Options Outstanding
at December 31, 2013
   
Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options
   
Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans
 
2009 Plan
 
August 1, 2019
    1,833,333       (972,518 )     1,812,100     $ 0.35       21,233 (1)
2012 Plan
 
October 2, 2022
    7,500,000       (2,096,141 )     2,503,858     $ 0.39       4,996,142 (2)

(1) As of December 31, 2013, there were 145,000 shares outstanding that were issued out of the 2009 Stock Plan as non-qualified options.
(2) As of December 31, 2013, there were 400,000 outstanding that were issued out of the 2012 Stock Plan as non-qualified options.
 

The Company’s three founders, Terry Anderton, Les Anderton, and Joakim Lindblom have a number of transactions that warrant disclosure per ASC 850, Related Party Disclosures.

Corporate Rental - Through September 2013, the Company paid monthly rent to Terry Anderton for his guest house used by corporate employees who work for extended periods of time at the corporate offices located in New Hampshire but reside elsewhere.
 
 
78

 
 
Credit Agreements – At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the notes payable to the founders consisted of short-term loans with the three founders.  Credit agreements exist with Terry Anderton and Les Anderton that allow the Company to borrow up to $0.9 million, as needed, to fund working capital needs. These agreements carry an interest rate of 10% and have been amended with board consent to remain in effect until December 31, 2014 subsequent to the initial expiration date.   The loans have no repayment terms but were repaid in the second quarter of 2013. As of December 31, 2013, Les Anderton had a shareholder loan of $252. As of December 31, 2012, Terry Anderton, Les Anderton, and Joakim Lindblom had shareholder loans that were comprised of the following balances:  $28,401, $10,066 and $15,510, respectively.

Transactions with Officers -The Company’s current Interim CEO and CFO, Nicole Fernandez-McGovern, is one of the managing principals of both RCM Financial and Premier Financial Filings, companies that have provided contracted financial services to Trunity during 2013 and 2012.  In 2013, RCM Financial Inc., a financial consulting firm providing interim CFO services, and accounting and tax professional services was paid total fees of $42,630 by the Company; and Premier Financial Filings, a full service financial printer, was compensated $2,163.  In 2012, RCM Financial received $ 93,000 in total fees from the Company. Ms. Fernandez-McGovern’s services as CFO in a consulting capacity were paid through April 2013 as part of RCM Financial until she became the Company’s full-time CFO.

The Company’s Chief Education Officer Cutler Cleveland, prior to his full-time employment was a consultant for the company and currently authors on the platform. In his capacity as an author and consultant he received royalty payments based on his transaction sales for his book and a monthly consultant fee. In 2013 and 2012 he received $33,458 and $11,097, respectively. As a result of his full-time employment with Trunity the company has discontinued payment of his consulting fees on a go forward basis.

Reverse Merger with BTI IN 2012

Trunity, Inc. was formed on July 28, 2009 through the acquisition of certain intellectual property by its three founders, Terry B. Anderton, Dr. Joakim Lindblom and Les V. Anderton.  In early 2012, the Company became a publicly-traded company through a reverse merger with Brain Tree International, Inc., a Utah corporation (“BTI”). At the time of the reverse merger, BTI was a shell company with no assets.

On January 24, 2012, the Company, Trunity, Inc. and Trunity Acquisition Corporation (“TAC”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”). Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, on January 24, 2012, TAC merged with and into Trunity, Inc. with Trunity, Inc. remaining as the surviving corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (the “Merger”). As consideration for the Merger, as of the closing of the Merger, (i) each of the 961,974 shares of common stock of the Company owned by Trunity, Inc. was cancelled, (ii) each issued and outstanding share of common stock of Trunity, Inc. was converted into the right to receive one share of the common stock of the Company; and (iii) each share of TAC was converted into one share of Trunity common stock. As a result of the Merger, the former shareholders of Trunity, Inc. held 99% of the common stock of the Company.
 
In order to facilitate the reverse merger transaction, immediately prior to execution of the Merger Agreement, Trunity, Inc. acquired a 90.1% interest in BTI pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement among BTI and the three principal shareholders of the Company. As a result of the transaction, Trunity, Inc. acquired 961,974 BTI shares for the price of $325,000 plus 325,000 shares of Trunity, Inc. common stock. As part of the transaction, on January 24, 2012, immediately prior to the Merger, BTI reincorporated in Delaware and changed its name from Brain Tree International, Inc. to Trunity Holdings, Inc. Pursuant to the reincorporation, 105,064 minority shares of BTI automatically converted into the same number of common stock of the Company.
 
 
79

 
 
Director Independence
 
We do not have securities listed on a national securities exchange or in an inter-dealer quotation system. As such, there is no requirement that a majority of the members of our Board of Directors be independent. Nonetheless, our Board of Directors, in the exercise of reasonable business judgment, determined that a majority of our directors should qualify as independent directors pursuant to SEC rules and regulations and the independence standards of the listing requirements of The NASDAQ Stock Market. Under these standards, a director is not “independent” if he or she has certain specified relationships with the Company or any other relationships that, in the opinion of the Board, would interfere with his exercise of independent judgment as a director.
 
In particular and subject to some exceptions, the NASDAQ rules generally provide that a director will not be independent if:
 
 
the director is, or in the past three years has been, employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

 
the director has an immediate family member who is, or in the past three years has been, an executive officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

 
the director or a member of the director’s immediate family has received payments from the Company of more than $120,000 during any period of twelve consecutive months within the past three years other than for service as a director;

 
the director or a member of the director’s immediate family is a current partner of our independent auditors, or is, or in the past three years, has been, employed by our independent auditors in a professional capacity and worked on the Company’s audit;

 
the director or member of the director’s immediate family is, or in the past three years has been, employed as an executive officer of a Company where the Company’s executive officer serves on the compensation committee; or

 
the director or a member of the director’s immediate family is a partner in, or a controlling stockholder or an executive officer of, an entity that makes payments to or receive payments from the Company in an amount which, in any fiscal year during the past three years, exceeds the greater of $200,000 or 5% of the other entity’s consolidated gross revenues.
 
Based on its review of the foregoing standards, the Board of Directors has affirmatively determined that our independent directors are: Ivan Berkowitz, Richard Davis and Dana Reed.
 
 
80

 
 

The following table presents fees billed for professional audit services rendered by Cherry Bekaert, L.L.P. (“CB”), the Company’s current principal accounting firm, for the audit of the Company’s annual financial statements for 2013 and 2012, review of the quarterly financial statements for 2013 and 2012 and fees billed for other services rendered by CB in 2013 and 2012.
 
   
2013
   
2012
 
Audit fees
  $ 67,500     $ 68,500  
Audit-related fees
  $ -0-     $ -0-  
Tax fees
  $ -0-     $ -0-  
All other fees
  $ -0-     $ -0-  
Total
  $ 67,500     $ 68,500  

Audit Fees — This category includes the audit of our annual financial statements, review of financial statements included in our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and services such as regulatory filings that are normally provided by the independent registered public accounting firm in connection with engagements for those fiscal years. This category also includes advice on audit and accounting matters that arose during, or as a result of, the audit or the review of interim financial statements.
 
Audit-Related Fees — This category consists of assurance and related services by the independent registered public accounting firm that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements and are not reported above under “Audit Fees.” The services for the fees disclosed under this category include consultation regarding our correspondence with the Securities and Exchange Commission and other accounting consulting.
 
Tax Fees — This category consists of professional services rendered by our independent registered public accounting firm for tax compliance and tax advice. The services for the fees disclosed under this category include tax return preparation and technical tax advice.
 
All Other Fees — This category consists of fees for other miscellaneous items.

In accordance with existing requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, our Board of Directors has adopted a procedure for pre-approval of all fees charged by our independent registered public accounting firm. Under the procedure, the Board approves the engagement letter with respect to audit, tax and review services. Other fees are subject to pre-approval by the Board, or, in the period between meetings, by a designated member of Board. Any such approval by the designated member is disclosed to the entire Board at the next meeting. The audit and tax fees paid to the auditors with respect to 2011 were pre-approved by the entire Board of Directors. This includes audit services, audit-related services, tax services and other services. All of the fees listed above have been approved by the Board.
 
 
81

 
 
 
 
Exhibit 3.1
 
Certificate of Incorporation of Trunity Holdings, Inc. dated as of January 18, 2012 *
     
Exhibit 3.2
 
Bylaws of Trunity Holdings, Inc. *
     
Exhibit 3.3
 
Certificate of Ownership and Merger dated as of January 24, 2012, between Trunity Holdings, Inc. and Brain Tree International, Inc.**
     
Exhibit 4.1
 
Form of Series A 10% Unsecured Convertible Redeemable Debenture Due July 2014**
     
Exhibit 4.2
 
Form of Series B 10% Unsecured Convertible Redeemable Debenture Due August 2014**
     
Exhibit 10.1
 
Stock Purchase Agreement between dated as of January 24, 2012 by and among George Norman, Donna Norman, Lane Clissold, Trunity Holdings, Inc. and Trunity, Inc. *
     
Exhibit 10.2
 
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 24, 2012 by and among Brain Tree International, Inc. and Trunity Holdings, Inc. *
     
Exhibit 10.3
 
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 24, 2012 by and among Trunity Holdings, Inc., Trunity, Inc. and Trunity Acquisition Corporation *
     
Exhibit 10.4
 
Trunity Holdings, Inc. 2012 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Option Plan.**
     
Exhibit 10.5
 
Investment Project Contract dated as of March 20, 2013, among Trunity, InnSoluTech LLP and Educom Ltd.**
     
Exhibit 10.6
 
Share Purchase Agreement dated as of March 20, 2013, between Trunity and InnSoluTech LLP.**
     
Exhibit 10.7
 
License Agreement dated as of March 20, 2013, between Trunity and Educom Ltd.**
     
Exhibit 10.8
 
Form of Indemnification Agreement between Trunity and its Directors**
     
Exhibit 10.9
 
Subscription Agreement dated May 28, 2013 between the Company and Pan African Investment Company***
     
Exhibit 10.10
 
Investors Rights Agreement dated May 30, 2013 between the Company and Pan African Investment Company***
     
Exhibit 10.11
 
Voting Agreement dated May 30, 2013 between the Company and Pan African Investment Company***
     
Exhibit 10.12
 
Indemnification Agreement dated May 30, 2013 between the Company and Pan African Investment Company***
     
Exhibit 10.13
 
Memorandum of Understanding dated June 5, 2013 between the Company and Pan African Investment Company***
     
Exhibit 10.14
 
Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement between the Company and Arol Buntzman dated December 23, 2013***
     
Exhibit 14
 
Code of Ethics**
     
Exhibit 21
 
Subsidiaries of the Company **
     
Exhibit 31.1
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. ***
     
Exhibit 31.2
 
Certification of Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. ***
     
Exhibit 32.1
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. ***
 
 
82

 
 
Exhibit 32.2
 
Certification of Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer Pursuant to18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. ***
     
101.INS
 
XBRL INSTANCE DOCUMENT ***
     
101.SCH
 
XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION SCHEMA ***
     
101.CAL
 
XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION CALCULATION LINKBASE ***
     
101.DEF
 
XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION DEFINITION LINKBASE ***
     
101.LAB
 
XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION LABEL LINKBASE ***
     
101.PRE
 
XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION PRESENTATION LINKBASE ***

* Filed with the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 31, 2012
** Filed with the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, as filed with the SEC on April 16, 2013

 
83

 
 
SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC.
     
Dated:  April 15, 2014    
By:  
/s/  Nicole Fernandez-McGovern     
   
Nicole Fernandez-McGovern
Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
                
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
Signature and Title
 
Date
     
/s/ Nicole Fernandez-McGovern
 
April 15, 2014
Nicole Fernandez-McGovern
   
Interim Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Corporate Secretary
   
     
/s/ Les Anderton
 
April 15, 2014
Les Anderton
   
Secretary, Treasurer and Director
   
     
/s/ Ivan Berkowitz
 
April 15, 2014
Ivan Berkowitz, PhD
   
Director
   
     
/s/ Richard H. Davis
 
April 15, 2014
Richard H. Davis
   
Director
   
     
/s/ Dana Reed
 
April 15, 2014
Dana Reed
   
Director
   
 
84

 


Exhibit 10.9
 
EXECUTION VERSION
 
TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC.

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

This Subscription Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the 28 day of May, 2013, by and between Trunity Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the undersigned investor (“ Investor ”).

RECITALS:

A.            Investor wishes to purchase, and the Company wishes to sell, upon the terms and conditions stated in this Agreement, (i) that aggregate number of shares of the common stock, par value $0.0001 per share of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”), set forth opposite Investor’s name on its signature page hereto (the “ Shares ”) and (ii) warrants, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Warrants ”), to acquire that number of shares of Common Stock (as exercised, collectively, the “ Warrant Shares ”) set forth opposite Investor’s name on signature page hereto. The number of Warrants shall be equal to the number of Shares purchased hereunder.

B.            As of the Closing under this Agreement, the parties hereto (and thereto, as applicable) shall enter into a Registration Rights Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Company has agreed to provide certain registration rights with respect to the Shares and the Warrant Shares under the 1933 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and applicable state securities laws.

C.            As of the Closing under this Agreement, the parties hereto (and thereto, as applicable) are executing and delivering (i) an investor rights agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “ Investor Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Company has agreed to provide certain purchase rights with respect to the Shares and the Warrant Shares, (ii) a voting agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D (the “ Voting Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Investor shall designate one member of the Company’s board of directors and (iii) an escrow agreement, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E (the “ Escrow Agreement ”).

D.            The Shares, the Warrants and the Warrant Shares, collectively are referred to herein as the “ Securities ”.

NOW, THEREFORE , the Company and Investor hereby agree as follows:

1.               Definitions . In addition to those terms defined above and elsewhere in this Subscription Agreement, for the purposes of this Subscription Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Bylaws ” means the Company’s bylaws, as amended.

Certificate of Incorporation ” means the certificate of incorporation filed by the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as in effect as of the date hereof.

Company’s Knowledge ” means the actual knowledge of the executive officers (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Company, after due inquiry.

Escrow Agent ” means Carlton Fields P.A , the escrow agent under the Escrow Agreement.

 
 

 
 
Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Intellectual Property ” means all of the following: (a) patents, patent applications, patent disclosures and inventions (whether or not patentable and whether or not reduced to practice); (b) trademarks, service marks, trade dress, trade names, corporate names, logos, slogans and Internet domain names, together with all goodwill associated with each of the foregoing; (c) copyrights and copyrightable works; (d) registrations, applications and renewals for any of the foregoing; and (v) proprietary computer software (including but not limited to data, data bases and documentation).

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the assets, liabilities, results of operations, condition (financial or otherwise), or business of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the legality, validity, enforceability or binding effect of the this Subscription Agreement or (c) the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Subscription Agreement.

Material Contract ” means any contract, instrument or other agreement to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or by which it is bound which has been or is required to be filed as an exhibit to the SEC Filings pursuant to Item 601(b)(4) or Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K.

OTCBB ” means the United States quotation medium for subscribing members referred to as the over-the-counter bulletin board used for many over-the-counter equity securities that are not listed on the NASDAQ or a national stock exchange and regulated by Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., Over the Counter Bulletin Board.

Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, business trust, association, joint stock company, joint venture, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization, governmental authority or any other form of entity not specifically listed herein.

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1933, as amended.
 
Subsidiary ” of any Person means another Person, an amount of the voting securities, other voting ownership or voting partnership interests of which is sufficient to elect at least a majority of its board of directors or other governing body (or, if there are no such voting interests, 50% or more of the equity interests of which) is owned directly or indirectly by such first Person.

Transaction Documents ” means this Agreement and each of the Registration Rights Agreement, Investor Agreement, Voting Agreement, Escrow Agreement and all other documents and instruments required to effectuate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

2.
Subscription.

2.1             Amount . Subject to the satisfaction (or waiver) of the conditions set forth in Sections 7 and 8 below, the Company shall issue and sell to Investor, and Investor agrees to purchase from the Company on the Closing Date (as defined below), the number of Shares, as is set forth opposite Investor’s name on the signature page to this Agreement, along with the Warrants to acquire up to that number of Warrant Shares as is set forth opposite Investor’s name on the signature page to this Agreement.

2.2             Closing . The closing (the “ Closing ”) of the purchase of the Shares and the Warrants by Investor shall occur at the offices of Carlton Fields, P.A., Miami Tower, 100 SE Second Street, Suite 4200, Miami, FL 33131. The date and time of the Closing (the “ Closing Date ”) shall be 10:00 a.m., New York City Time, on May ___, 2013, or such later date as is mutually agreed to by the Company and Investor; provided , however , that multiple Closings shall be held if necessary to satisfy the conditions of the Escrow Agreement and the date of the Closing(s) shall be automatically extended from time to time for so long as any of the conditions set forth in Sections 7 and 8 below are not satisfied or waived, subject, however, to the provisions of Article 9 ).

 
- 2 -

 
 
2.3             Purchase Price . The purchase price for Investor of the Shares and related Warrants to be purchased by Investor at the Closing shall be the amount set forth opposite Investor’s name on the signature page to this Agreement (less any applicable fees and disbursements, the “ Purchase Price ”). The purchase price for the Shares is $0.40 per Share and the Warrant exercise price is $1.00 per Share.

2.4             Form and Manner of Payment .

 (a)            On the date hereof, Investor shall pay the Purchase Price to the Escrow Agent for the Shares and the Warrants to be issued and sold to Investor at the Closing, by wire transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with the Escrow Agent’s written wire instructions.

 (b)            On the Closing Date, (i) the Company shall irrevocably instruct the transfer agent for the Common Stock to deliver to Investor one or more stock certificates, free and clear of all restrictive and other legends (except as expressly provided in Section 4.4 hereof), evidencing the number of Shares Investor is purchasing as is set forth opposite Investor’s name on the signature page to this Agreement via Deposit Withdrawal Agent Commission system (“ DWAC ”) delivery prior to the release of the federal funds wire to the Company for payment of such Shares , (ii) the Company shall issue to Investor a Warrant pursuant to which Investor shall have the right to acquire such number of Warrant Shares as is set forth opposite Investor’s name on the signature page to this Agreement, duly executed on behalf of the Company and registered in the name of Investor and (iii) the Company and Investor shall jointly instruct the Escrow Agent in writing to disburse the Purchase Price to an account designated by the Company.

3.
Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company hereby represents and warrants to Investor that:

3.1             Organization, Good Standing and Qualification . Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and to own or lease its properties. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property makes such qualification or leasing necessary unless the failure to so qualify has not had and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

3.2             Authorization . The Company has the corporate power and authority to enter into this Subscription Agreement and has taken all requisite action through its officers, directors and shareholders necessary for (a) the authorization, execution and delivery of the Subscription Agreement, (b) the authorization of the performance of all obligations of the Company hereunder, and (c) the authorization, issuance (or reservation for issuance) and delivery of the Shares upon receipt of the Purchase Price. This Subscription Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability, relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general equitable principles.

 
- 3 -

 
 
3.3             Capitalization .

 (a)             The Company has duly and validly authorized capital stock as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation. All of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid, nonassessable and free of pre-emptive rights and were issued in full compliance with applicable state and federal securities law and any rights of third parties. All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of each Subsidiary have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid, nonassessable and free of pre-emptive rights, were issued in full compliance with applicable state and federal securities law and any rights of third parties and are owned by the Company, beneficially and of record, subject to no lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim. No Person is entitled to pre-emptive or similar statutory or contractual rights with respect to any securities of the Company. Other than the Warrants and except as set forth in the 10-K (as defined in Section 3.6 below), there are no outstanding warrants, options, convertible securities or other rights, agreements or arrangements of any character under which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is or may be obligated to issue any equity securities of any kind and except as contemplated by this Subscription Agreement, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is currently in negotiations for the issuance of any equity securities of any kind. Except for the Voting Agreement and Investor Agreement, there are no voting agreements, buy-sell agreements, option or right of first purchase agreements or other agreements of any kind among the Company and any of the security holders of the Company relating to the securities of the Company held by them. Except as required under the Registration Rights Agreement, no Person has the right to require the Company to register any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, whether on a demand basis or in connection with the registration of securities of the Company for its own account or for the account of any other Person.

 (b)             The issuance and sale of the Shares hereunder will not obligate the Company to issue shares of Common Stock or other securities to any other Person (other than Investor) and will not result in the adjustment of the exercise, conversion, exchange or reset price of any outstanding security.

 (c)             The Company does not have outstanding shareholder purchase rights or “poison pill” or any similar arrangement in effect giving any Person the right to purchase any equity interest in the Company upon the occurrence of certain events.

3.4             Valid Issuance . Upon the issuance of the Shares in accordance with Section 2.4 , the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and shall be free and clear of all encumbrances and restrictions, except for restrictions imposed by applicable securities laws.

3.5             Consents . The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Subscription Agreement and the offer, issuance and sale of the Shares require no consent of, action by or in respect of, or filing with, any Person, governmental body, agency, or official other than filings that have been made pursuant to applicable state securities laws and post-sale filings pursuant to applicable state and federal securities laws which the Company undertakes to file within the applicable time periods.

3.6             Delivery of SEC Filings; Business . The Company has made available to Investor through the EDGAR system, true and complete copies of the Company’s most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 (as amended prior to the date of this Subscription Agreement, the “ 10-K ”), and all other reports filed by the Company pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(e), 14 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act since the filing of the 10-K and during the twelve (12) months preceding the date of this Subscription Agreement(collectively, the “ SEC Filings ”) , of which all such SEC Filings have been timely filed (including any extensions permitted under SEC rules and regulations). The SEC Filings are the only filings required of the Company pursuant to the Exchange Act for such period. The Company and its Subsidiaries are engaged in all material respects only in the business described in the SEC Filings and the SEC Filings contain a complete and accurate description in all material respects of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 
- 4 -

 
 
3.7             Use of Proceeds . The net proceeds of the sale of the Shares hereunder shall be used by the Company for working capital and general corporate purposes, included but not limited to, funding and supporting the Ukraine project and other global initiatives of the Company.

3.8             No Material Adverse Change . Since January 1, 2012, except as set forth in the 10-K, there has not been:

 (a)             any change in the consolidated assets, liabilities, financial condition or operating results of the Company from that reflected in the financial statements included in the 10-K, except for changes in the ordinary course of business which have not had and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, individually or in the aggregate;

 (b)             any declaration or payment of any dividend, or any authorization or payment of any distribution, on any of the capital stock of the Company, or any redemption or repurchase of any securities of the Company;
 
 (c)             any material damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance to any assets or properties of the Company or its Subsidiaries;

 (d)             any waiver, not in the ordinary course of business, by the Company or any Subsidiary of a material right or of a material debt owed to it;

 (e)             any satisfaction or discharge of any lien, claim or encumbrance or payment of any obligation by the Company or a Subsidiary, except in the ordinary course of business and which is not material to the assets, properties, financial condition, operating results or business of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (as such business is presently conducted and as it is proposed to be conducted);

 (f)             any change or amendment to the Certificate, material change to any Material Contract or arrangement by which the Company or any Subsidiary is bound or to which any of their respective assets or properties is subject;

 (g)             any material labor difficulties or labor union organizing activities with respect to employees of the Company or any Subsidiary;

 (h)             any material transaction entered into by the Company or a Subsidiary other than in the ordinary course of business;

 (i)             the loss of the services of any key employee, or material change in the composition or duties of the senior management of the Company or any Subsidiary;

 (j)             the loss or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened loss of any customer which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

 (k)             any other event or condition of any character that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 
- 5 -

 
 
3.9             SEC Filings; S-3 Eligibility .

 (a)             At the time of filing thereof, each of the SEC Filings complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Exchange Act and did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 (b)             Each registration statement and any amendment thereto filed by the Company for the past three (3) years pursuant to the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, as of the date such statement or amendment became effective, complied as to form in all material respects with the Securities Act and did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements made therein not misleading; and each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act, as of its issue date and as of the closing of any sale of securities pursuant thereto did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

3.10             No Conflict, Breach, Violation or Default . The execution, delivery and performance of the Subscription Agreement by the Company and the issuance and sale of the Shares will not (a) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of (i) any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws (true and complete copies of which have been made available to Investor through the EDGAR system), or (ii) any statute, rule, regulation or order of any governmental agency or body or any court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company, any Subsidiary or any of their respective assets or properties, or (b) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, result in the creation of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim upon any of the properties or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation (with or without notice, lapse of time or both) of, any Material Contract, except in the case of clauses (a)(i) and (b) above, such as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, individually or in the aggregate.

3.11             Tax Matters . The Company and each Subsidiary has prepared and filed (or filed applicable extensions therefore) all tax returns required to have been filed by the Company or such Subsidiary with all appropriate governmental agencies and paid all taxes shown thereon or otherwise owed by it, other than any such taxes which the Company or any Subsidiary are contesting in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been provided and reflected in the Company’s financial statements included in its SEC Filings. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Company in respect of taxes for all fiscal periods are adequate in all material respects, and there are no material unpaid assessments against the Company or any Subsidiary nor, to the Company’s Knowledge, any basis for the assessment of any additional taxes, penalties or interest for any fiscal period or audits by any federal, state or local taxing authority except for any assessment which is not material to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. All taxes and other assessments and levies that the Company or any Subsidiary is required to withhold or to collect for payment have been duly withheld and collected and paid to the proper governmental entity or third party when due, other than any such taxes which the Company or any Subsidiary are contesting in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been provided and reflected in the Company’s financial statements included in its SEC Filings. There are no tax liens or claims pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened in writing against the Company or any Subsidiary or any of their respective assets or property. There are no outstanding tax sharing agreements or other such arrangements between the Company and any Subsidiary or other corporation or entity.

 
- 6 -

 
 
3.12             Title to Properties . The Company and each Subsidiary has good and marketable title to all real properties and all other properties and assets (excluding Intellectual Property assets which are the subject of Section 3.15 ) owned by it, in each case free from liens, encumbrances and defects that would materially affect the value thereof or materially interfere with the use made or currently planned to be made thereof by them; the Company and each Subsidiary holds any leased real or personal property under valid and enforceable leases with no exceptions that would materially interfere with the use made or currently planned to be made thereof by them.

3.13             Certificates, Authorities and Permits . The Company and each Subsidiary possess adequate certificates, authorities or permits issued by appropriate governmental agencies or bodies necessary to conduct the business now operated by it, except to the extent failure to possess such certificates, authorities or permits could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, individually or in the aggregate, and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authority or permit that, if determined adversely to the Company or such Subsidiary, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, individually or in the aggregate.

3.14             Labor Matters .

   (a)             The Company is not a party to or bound by any collective bargaining agreements or other agreements with labor organizations.

   (b)             The Company has not violated in any material respect any laws, regulations, orders or contract terms, affecting the collective bargaining rights of employees, labor organizations or any laws, regulations or orders affecting employment discrimination, equal opportunity employment, or employees’ health, safety, welfare, wages and hours.

   (c)             (i) There are no labor disputes existing, or to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened, involving strikes, slow-downs, work stoppages, job actions, disputes, lockouts or any other disruptions of or by the Company’s employees, (ii) there are no unfair labor practices or petitions for election pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened before the National Labor Relations Board or any other federal, state or local labor commission relating to the Company’s employees, (iii) no demand for recognition or certification heretofore made by any labor organization or group of employees is pending with respect to the Company and (iv) to the Company’s Knowledge, the Company enjoys good labor and employee relations with its employees and labor organizations.

   (d)             The Company is, and at all times has been, in compliance with all applicable laws respecting employment (including laws relating to classification of employees and independent contractors) and employment practices, terms and conditions of employment, wages and hours, and immigration and naturalization, except where the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, individually or in the aggregate. There are no claims pending against the Company before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any other administrative body or in any court asserting any violation of Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination Act of 1967, 42 U.S.C. §§ 1981 or 1983 or any other federal, state or local law, statute or ordinance barring discrimination in employment.

   (e)             To the Company’s Knowledge, the Company has no liability for the improper classification by the Company of its employees as independent contractors or leased employees prior to the Closing Date.

 
- 7 -

 
 
3.15             Intellectual Property . The Company and the Subsidiaries own, or have obtained valid and enforceable licenses for, or other rights to use, the Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of the business of the Company and the Subsidiaries as currently conducted and as described in the SEC Filings, except where the failure to own, license or have such rights could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, individually or in the aggregate. To the Company’s Knowledge, there are no third parties who have or will be able to establish rights to any Intellectual Property, except for the ownership rights of the owners of the Intellectual Property which is licensed to the Company or where such rights could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, individually or in the aggregate. There is no pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threat of any, action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s rights in or to, or the validity, enforceability, or scope of, any Intellectual Property owned by or licensed to the Company or any Subsidiary or claiming that the use of any Intellectual Property by the Company or any Subsidiary in their respective businesses as currently conducted infringes, violates or otherwise conflicts with the intellectual property rights of any third party. To the Company’s Knowledge, the use by the Company or any Subsidiary of any Intellectual Property by the Company or any Subsidiary in their respective businesses as currently conducted does not infringe, violate or otherwise conflict with the intellectual property rights of any third party.

3.16             Environmental Matters . To the Company’s Knowledge, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in violation of any statute, rule, regulation, decision or order of any governmental agency or body or any court, domestic or foreign, relating to the use, disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or relating to the protection or restoration of the environment or human exposure to hazardous or toxic substances (collectively, “ Environmental Laws ”), owns or operates any real property contaminated with any substance that is subject to any Environmental Laws, is liable for any off-site disposal or contamination pursuant to any Environmental Laws, or is subject to any claim relating to any Environmental Laws, which violation, contamination, liability or claim has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, individually or in the aggregate; and there is no pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened investigation that might lead to such a claim.

3.17             Litigation . Except as set forth in the 10-K, (a) there are no pending actions, suits or proceedings against or affecting the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of its or their properties; and to the Company’s Knowledge, no such actions, suits or proceedings are threatened, or (b) any such proceeding, if resolved adversely to the Company or any Subsidiary, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, individually or in the aggregate. Except as set forth in the 10-K, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary, nor any director or officer thereof, is or since January 1, 2008 has been the subject of any action involving a claim of violation of or liability under federal or state securities laws or a claim of breach of fiduciary duty. There has not been, and to the Company’s Knowledge, there is not pending or contemplated, any investigation by the SEC involving the Company or any current or former director or officer of the Company. The SEC has not issued any stop order or other order suspending the effectiveness of any registration statement filed by the Company or any Subsidiary under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

3.18             Financial Statements . The financial statements included in each SEC Filing comply in all material respects with applicable accounting requirements and the rules and regulations of the SEC with respect thereto as in effect at the time of filing (or to the extent corrected by a subsequent restatement) and present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as of the dates shown and its consolidated results of operations and cash flows for the periods shown, and such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis (“ GAAP ”) (except as may be disclosed therein or in the notes thereto, and, in the case of quarterly financial statements, as permitted by Form 10-Q under the Exchange Act). Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has incurred any liabilities, contingent or otherwise, except those incurred in the ordinary course of business, consistent (as to amount and nature) with past practices since the date of such financial statements, none of which, individually or in the aggregate, have had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 
- 8 -

 
 
3.19             Insurance Coverage . The Company and each Subsidiary maintains in full force and effect insurance coverage that is customary for comparably situated companies for the business being conducted and properties owned or leased by the Company and each Subsidiary.

3.20             Compliance with OTCBB Continued Listing Requirements . The Company is in compliance with applicable OTCBB continued listing requirements. There are no proceedings pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened against the Company relating to the continued listing of the Common Stock on OCTBB. The Company has not received any currently pending notice of the delisting of the Common Stock from the OTCBB.

3.21             Brokers and Finders . Except for ACGM, Inc., no Person will have, as a result of the transactions contemplated by the Subscription Agreement, any valid right, interest or claim against or upon the Company or any Subsidiary for any commission, fee or other compensation pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding entered into by or on behalf of the Company.

3.22             No Directed Selling Efforts or General Solicitation . Neither the Company nor any Person acting on its behalf has conducted any general solicitation or general advertising (as those terms are used in Rule 506 of Regulation D (“ Regulation D ”)) in connection with the offer or sale of any of the Shares.

3.23             Questionable Payments . Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the Company’s Knowledge, any of their respective current or former shareholders, directors, officers, employees, agents or other Persons acting on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary, has on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary or in connection with their respective businesses: (a) used any corporate funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity; (b) made any direct or indirect unlawful payments to any governmental officials or employees from corporate funds; (c) established or maintained any unlawful or unrecorded fund of corporate monies or other assets; (d) made any false or fictitious entries on the books and records of the Company or any Subsidiary; or (e) made any unlawful bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment of any nature.

3.24             Transactions with Affiliates . Except as set forth in the 10-K, none of the officers or directors of the Company and, to the Company’s Knowledge, none of the employees of the Company is presently a party to any transaction with the Company or any Subsidiary (other than as holders of stock options and/or warrants, and for services as employees, officers and directors), including any contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for the furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental of real or personal property to or from, or otherwise requiring payments to or from any officer, director or such employee or, to the Company’s Knowledge, any entity in which any officer, director, or any such employee has a substantial interest or is an officer, director, trustee or partner.

3.25             Internal Controls . The Company is in material compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 currently applicable to the Company. The Company and the Subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (a) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations, (b) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain asset accountability, (c) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, and (d) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. The Company has established disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act) for the Company and designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including the Subsidiaries, is made known to the certifying officers by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which the Company’s most recently filed periodic report under the Exchange Act, as the case may be, is being prepared. The Company’s certifying officers have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s controls and procedures as of December 31, 2012 (such date, the “ Evaluation Date ”) and concluded that such controls and procedures are effective to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including the Subsidiaries, is made known to certifying officers in a timely, accurate and complete manner. Since the Evaluation Date, there have been no significant changes in the Company’s internal controls (as such term is defined in Item 308 of Regulation S-K) or, to the Company’s Knowledge, in other factors that could significantly affect the Company’s internal controls. The Company maintains and will continue to maintain a standard system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP and the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act.

 
- 9 -

 
 
3.26             Investment Company . The Company is not required to be registered as, and is not an Affiliate of, and immediately following the Closing will not be required to register as, an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

3.27             Compliance with Laws . The Company and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance in all material respects with all requirements imposed by law, regulation or rule, whether foreign, federal, state or local, that are applicable to it, its operations, or its properties and assets, including, without limitation, applicable requirements of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (FCPA) (15 U.S.C. § 78dd-1, et seq.).

3.28             Disclosure . No representation or warranty of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries contained in this Subscription Agreement and none of the statements contained in any other document, certificate, report, financial statement or written statement furnished to Investor by or on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to this Subscription Agreement contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact (known to Company, in the case of any document not furnished by it) necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which the same were made. Any projections and pro forma financial information contained in such materials are based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by the Company to be reasonable at the time made.

4.             Representations and Warranties, Acknowledgement and Covenant of Investor. Investor hereby makes the representations and warranties to the Company that are set forth in this Article 4 .

4.1             Authority; Enforceability . (a) Investor has full right, power and authority to enter into this Subscription Agreement and to perform all of its obligations hereunder; (b) this Subscription Agreement has been duly authorized and executed by and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of Investor enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors generally and (c) the execution and delivery of this Subscription Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not conflict with or result in a breach of (i) Investor’s certificate of formation or limited liability company agreement (or other similar governing documents), or (ii) any material agreement or any law or regulation to which Investor is a party or by which any of its property or assets is bound.

 
- 10 -

 
 
4.2             No Public Sale or Distribution . Investor is (a) acquiring the Shares and the Warrants and (b) upon exercise of the Warrants will acquire the Warrant Shares, in each case, for its own account and not with a view towards, or for resale in connection with, the public sale or distribution thereof, except pursuant to sales registered or exempted under the 1933 Act; provided , however , that by making the representations herein, Investor does not agree to hold any of the Securities for any minimum or other specific term and reserves the right to dispose of the Securities at any time in accordance with or pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption under the 1933 Act. Investor is acquiring the Securities hereunder in the ordinary course of its business. Investor does not presently have any agreement or understanding, directly or indirectly, with any Person to distribute any of the Securities.

4.3             Status . Investor is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D. Investor understands that the Securities are being offered and sold to it in reliance on specific exemptions from the registration requirements of United States federal and state securities laws and that the Company is relying in part upon the truth and accuracy of, and Investor’s compliance with, the representations, warranties, agreements, acknowledgments and understandings of Investor set forth herein in order to determine the availability of such exemptions and the eligibility of Investor to acquire the Securities.

4.4             Legend . Investor understands that the certificates or other instruments representing the Shares, the Warrants and the Warrant Shares, until such time as the resale of the Shares and the Warrant Shares have been registered under the 1933 Act as contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement shall bear any legend as required by the ”blue sky” laws of any state and a restrictive legend in substantially the following form (and a stop-transfer order may be placed against transfer of such stock certificates):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED (I) IN THE ABSENCE OF (A) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR (B) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, IN A FORM REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY, THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SAID ACT OR (II) UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER SAID ACT. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THE SECURITIES MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN OR FINANCING ARRANGEMENT SECURED BY THE SECURITIES.

5.
Covenants .

5.1             Joint Covenants . Each party shall use its best efforts timely to satisfy each of the covenants and conditions to be satisfied by it as provided in Sections 7 and 8 of this Agreement.

5.2             Investor Covenants . Investor covenants that neither it nor any person acting on its behalf or pursuant to any understanding with it will engage in any transactions in the securities of the Company (including short sales) prior to the time that the transactions contemplated by this Subscription Agreement are publicly disclosed.

5.3             Company Covenants .

 (a)             Form D and Blue Sky . The Company agrees to file a Form D with respect to the Securities as required under Regulation D and to provide a copy thereof to each Investor promptly after such filing. The Company, on or before the Closing Date, shall take such action as the Company shall reasonably determine is necessary in order to obtain an exemption for or to qualify the Securities for sale to Investor at the Closing pursuant to this Agreement under applicable securities or ”Blue Sky” laws of the states of the United States (or to obtain an exemption from such qualification), and shall provide evidence of any such action so taken to Investor on or prior to the Closing Date. The Company shall make all filings and reports relating to the offer and sale of the Securities required under applicable securities or ”Blue Sky” laws of the states of the United States following the Closing Date.

 
- 11 -

 
 
 (b)             Reporting Status . Until the date on which Investor shall have sold all the Shares and Warrant Shares and none of the Warrants is outstanding (the ” Reporting Period ”), the Company shall timely file all reports required to be filed with the SEC pursuant to the 1934 Act and, until the later of (i) two (2) years from the date hereof and (ii) such time as Investor owns less than an aggregate of 5% of the Shares and/or Warrant Shares (after giving effect to any stock splits, recapitalizations, reorganizations or similar events) the Company shall not terminate its status as an issuer required to file reports under the 1934 Act even if the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder would otherwise permit such termination.
 
 (c)             Financial Information . The Company agrees to send the following to Investor during the Reporting Period unless the following are filed with the SEC through EDGAR and are available to the public through the EDGAR system, within one (1) Business Day after the filing thereof with the SEC: (i) a copy of its Annual Reports on Form 10-K, its Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, any Current Reports on Form 8-K and any registration statements (other than on Form S-8) or amendments filed pursuant to the 1933 Act, (ii) on the same day as the release thereof, facsimile or e-mailed copies of all press releases issued by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and (iii) copies of any notices and other information made available or given to the stockholders of the Company generally, contemporaneously with the making available or giving thereof to the stockholders. As used herein, ” Business Day ” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in The City of New York are authorized or required by law to remain closed.

 (d)             Listing . The Company shall promptly secure the listing of all of the Registrable Securities (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) upon each national securities exchange and automated quotation system, if any, upon which the shares of Common Stock are then listed (subject to official notice of issuance) and shall maintain, so long as any other shares of Common Stock shall be so listed, such listing of all Registrable Securities from time to time issuable under the terms of the Transaction Documents. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall take any action which would be reasonably expected to result in the delisting or suspension of the Common Stock on the OTCBB. The Company shall pay all fees and expenses in connection with satisfying its obligations under this Section 5.3(d).

 (e)             Pledge of Securities . The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Securities may be pledged by Investor in connection with a bona fide margin agreement or other loan or financing arrangement that is secured by the Securities. The pledge of Securities shall not be deemed to be a transfer, sale or assignment of the Securities hereunder, and no Investor effecting a pledge of Securities shall be required to provide the Company with any notice thereof or otherwise make any delivery to the Company pursuant to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document. The Company hereby agrees to execute and deliver such documentation as a pledgee of the Securities may reasonably request in connection with a pledge of the Securities to such pledgee by an Investor.


 
- 12 -

 
 
 (f)             Disclosure of Transactions and Other Material Information . The Company shall, on or before 8:30 a.m., New York City Time, on the first Business Day after the date of this Agreement, issue a press release (the “ Press Release ”) reasonably acceptable to Investor disclosing all material terms of the transactions contemplated hereby; provided , that no Press Release shall name Investor or any of its members or affiliates, without the prior written consent of Investor, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. No later than the fourth Business Day following the Closing Date, the Company shall file a Current Report on Form 8-K describing the terms of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents in the form required by the 1934 Act and attaching the material Transaction Documents (including, without limitation, this Agreement, the form of Warrant and the Registration Rights Agreement) as exhibits to such filing (including all attachments, the “ 8-K Filing ”). Subject to the foregoing, neither the Company, its Subsidiaries nor Investor shall issue any press releases or any other public statements with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby; provided , however , that the Company shall be entitled, without the prior approval of Investor, to make any press release or other public disclosure with respect to such transactions (i) in substantial conformity with the 8-K Filing and contemporaneously therewith and (ii) as is required by applicable law and regulations, including the applicable rules and regulations of the OTCBB (provided that in the case of clause (i) Investor shall be consulted by the Company in connection with any such press release or other public disclosure prior to its release). Without the prior written consent of Investor, the Company shall not disclose the name of any Investor (or any of its members or affiliates) in any filing, announcement, release or otherwise.
 
 (g)             Additional Registration Statements . Until the date that the Registration Statement (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) is first declared effective by the SEC (the “ Effective Date ”), the Company will not file a registration statement under the 1933 Act relating to securities that are not the Securities, except for any Form S-8.

 (h)             Reservation of Shares . The Company shall take all action necessary to at all times have authorized, and reserved for the purpose of issuance from and after the Closing Date, no less than the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants including any indeterminate number of shares issuable pursuant to the provisions thereof (without taking into account any limitations on the exercise of the Warrants set forth in the Warrants).

6.
TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS; TRANSFER AGENT INSTRUCTIONS.

6.1             Transfer Restrictions . The legend set forth in Section 4.4 shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend or any other legend to the holder of the applicable Securities upon which it is stamped, if (a) such Securities are registered for resale under the 1933 Act, (b) in connection with a sale, assignment or other transfer, such holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company, to the effect that such sale, assignment or transfer of such Securities may be made without registration under the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act, or (c) such holder provides the Company with reasonable assurance that such Securities can be sold, assigned or transferred pursuant to Rule 144. The Company shall cause Company Counsel (as later defined) to issue a legal opinion to the Company’s transfer agent on the Effective Date. Following the Effective Date or at such earlier time as a legend is no longer required for certain Securities, the Company will no later than three Business Days following the delivery by a Investor to the Company or the Company’s transfer agent of a legended certificate representing such Securities, deliver or cause to be delivered to Investor a certificate representing such Securities that is free from all restrictive and other legends. Following the Effective Date and upon the delivery to any Investor of any certificate representing Securities that is free from all restrictive and other legends, Investor agrees that any sale of such Securities shall be made pursuant to the Registration Statement and in accordance with the plan of distribution described therein or pursuant to an available exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act. The Company may not make any notation on its records or give instructions to any transfer agent of the Company that enlarge the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 4.4 .

 
- 13 -

 
 
6.2             Transfer Agent Instructions . The Company shall issue irrevocable instructions to its transfer agent, and any subsequent transfer agent, to issue certificates or credit shares to the applicable balance accounts at The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”), registered in the name of Investor or its respective nominee(s), for the Warrant Shares in such amounts as specified from time to time by each Investor to the Company upon exercise of the Warrants (the “ Irrevocable Transfer Agent Instructions ”). The Company represents and warrants that no instruction other than the Irrevocable Transfer Agent Instructions referred to in this Section 6.2 , and stop transfer instructions to give effect to Section 4.4 hereof, will be given by the Company to its transfer agent with respect to the Securities, and that the Securities shall otherwise be freely transferable on the books and records of the Company, as and to the extent provided in this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents. If a Investor effects a sale, assignment or transfer of the Securities, the Company shall permit the transfer and shall promptly instruct its transfer agent to issue one or more certificates or credit shares to the applicable balance accounts at DTC in such name and in such denominations as specified by Investor to effect such sale, transfer or assignment. In the event that such sale, assignment or transfer involves Warrant Shares sold, assigned or transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement or pursuant to Rule 144, the transfer agent shall issue such Securities to Investor, assignee or transferee, as the case may be, without any restrictive legend.

6.3             Breach . The Company acknowledges that a breach by it of its obligations hereunder will cause irreparable harm to Investor. Accordingly, the Company acknowledges that the remedy at law for a breach of its obligations under this Article 6 will be inadequate and agrees, in the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Company of the provisions of this Article 6 , that Investor shall be entitled, in addition to all other available remedies, to an order and/or injunction restraining any breach and requiring immediate issuance and transfer, without the necessity of showing economic loss and without any bond or other security being required.

6.4             Additional Relief . If the Company shall fail for any reason or for no reason to issue to Investor unlegended certificates within three (3) Business Days of receipt of documents necessary for the removal of legend set forth above (the “ Deadline Date ”), then, in addition to all other remedies available to Investor, if on or after the Business Day immediately following such three Business Day period, Investor purchases (in an open market transaction or otherwise) shares of Common Stock to deliver in satisfaction of a sale by the holder of shares of Common Stock that Investor anticipated receiving from the Company (a “ Buy-In ”), then the Company shall, within five (5) Business Days after Investor’s request, promptly honor its obligation to deliver to Investor a certificate or certificates representing such shares of Common Stock and pay cash to Investor in an amount equal to the excess (if any) of Investor’s total purchase price (including brokerage commissions, if any) for the shares of Common Stock purchased in such Buy-In over the product of (A) such number of shares of Common Stock, times (B) the Closing Bid Price on the Deadline Date. In addition, if within three Business Days of delivery of such certificate or certificates to Investor, Investor shall sell shares of Common Stock represented by such certificate or certificates at a price per share less than the Closing Bid Price on the Deadline Date, the Company shall pay cash to Investor in an amount equal to the excess of such Closing Bid Price times the number of shares so sold over Investor’s total proceeds (less brokerage commissions, if any) from the sale of such shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Company fails to honor its obligation to deliver Investor a certificate or certificates representing such shares of Common Stock within such five (5) Business Day period, the Company shall pay cash to Investor in an amount equal to (i) Investor’s total purchase price (including brokerage commissions, if any) for the shares of Common Stock so purchased in such Buy-In less (ii) any payments previously made by the Company to Investor pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 6.4 , at which point the Company’s obligation to deliver such certificate (and to issue such shares of Common Stock) shall terminate. “ Closing Bid Price ” means, for any security as of any date, the last closing price for such security on the OTCBB, as reported by Bloomberg, or, if the OTCBB begins to operate on an extended hours basis and does not designate the closing bid price then the last bid price of such security prior to 4:00 p.m., New York Time, as reported by Bloomberg, or, if the OTCBB is not the principal securities exchange or trading market for such security, the last closing price of such security on the principal securities exchange or trading market where such security is listed or traded as reported by Bloomberg, or if the foregoing do not apply, the last closing price of such security in the over-the-counter market on the electronic bulletin board for such security as reported by Bloomberg, or, if no closing bid price is reported for such security by Bloomberg, the average of the bid prices of any market makers for such security as reported in the “pink sheets” by Pink Sheets LLC (formerly the National Quotation Bureau, Inc.). If the Closing Bid Price cannot be calculated for a security on a particular date on any of the foregoing bases, the Closing Bid Price of such security on such date shall be the fair market value as mutually determined by the Company and the holder. If the Company and the holder are unable to agree upon the fair market value of such security, then such dispute shall be resolved pursuant to Section 13 of the Warrants. All such determinations to be appropriately adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, stock combination or other similar transaction during the applicable calculation period.
 
 
- 14 -

 
 
7.
CONDITIONS TO THE COMPANY’S OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER.

7.1            The obligation of the Company hereunder to issue and sell the Shares and the related Warrants to each Investor at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction, at or before the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions, provided that these conditions are for the Company’s sole benefit and may be waived by the Company at any time in its sole discretion by providing each Investor with prior written notice thereof:

 (a)             Investor shall have executed each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and delivered the same to the Company.

 (b)             Investor shall have delivered to the Company and the Escrow Agent written instructions to disburse the Purchase Price for the Shares and the related Warrants being purchased by Investor at the Closing by wire transfer of immediately available funds pursuant to the wire instructions provided by the Company.

 (c)             The representations and warranties of each Investor shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date when made and as of the Closing Date as though made at that time (except for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date), and each Investor shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with the covenants, agreements and conditions required by this Agreement to be performed, satisfied or complied with by each Investor at or prior to the Closing Date.

8.
CONDITIONS TO INVESTOR’S OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER.

8.1            The obligation of each Investor hereunder to purchase the Shares and the related Warrants at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction, at or before the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions, provided that these conditions are for each Investor’s sole benefit and may be waived by Investor at any time in its sole discretion by providing the Company with prior written notice thereof:

 (a)             The Company shall have executed (or caused to be executed) and delivered to Investor (i) each of the Transaction Documents by the Company and each of the other parties thereto (other than the Investor) and (ii) the Warrants (in such amounts as Investor shall request) being purchased by Investor at the Closing pursuant to this Agreement, and shall have irrevocably instructed the Transfer Agent to deliver the Shares (in such amounts as Investor shall request) as provided for herein.

 
- 15 -

 
 
 (b)             Investor shall have executed each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and delivered the same to the Company.

 (c)             Such Investor shall have received the opinion of Carlton Fields, P.A., the Company’s outside counsel (the “ Company Counsel ”), dated as of the Closing Date, in substantially the form of Exhibit F attached hereto.

 (d)             The Company shall have delivered to Investor a certificate evidencing the formation and good standing of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries in such entity’s jurisdiction of formation issued by the Secretary of State (or comparable office) of such jurisdiction, as of a date within 10 days of the Closing Date.

 (e)             The Company shall have delivered evidence of the action of its board of directors and shareholders approving (as applicable) the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents including, but not limited to, the election of the Investor’s designee to the Company’s board of directors as required under the Voting Agreement.

 (f)             The representations and warranties of the Company shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date when made and as of the Closing Date (except such representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality, which shall be true and correct in all respects) as though made at that time (except for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date) and the Company shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all respects with the covenants, agreements and conditions required by the Transaction Documents to be performed, satisfied or complied with by the Company at or prior to the Closing Date.

 (g)             The Common Stock (i) shall be designated for quotation or listed on the OTCBB and (ii) shall not have been suspended, as of the Closing Date, by the SEC or the OTCBB from trading on the OTCBB nor shall suspension by the SEC or the OTCBB have been threatened, as of the Closing Date, either (A) in writing by the SEC or the OTCBB or (B) by falling below the minimum listing maintenance requirements of the OTCBB.

 (h)             The Company shall have obtained all governmental, regulatory or third party licenses, waivers, consents and approvals, if any, necessary for the sale of the Shares and the Warrants.

 (i)             No proceeding shall have been commenced on any grounds to restrain, enjoin or hinder the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and no law shall have been enacted or promulgated by any governmental authority that prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 (j)             The Company shall have delivered to Investor, a summary of the capitalization of the Company, on a fully diluted basis, immediately preceding and following the closing of the Company’s aggregate fundraising (from all sources) related to the Transaction Documents.

 (k)             The Company shall have delivered to Investor the form of 8-K proposed to be filed in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 (l)             No event, circumstances or fact shall have occurred that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, properties or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and any of its Subsidiaries.

 
- 16 -

 
 
 (m)             The Company shall have raised at least $2,000,000 in gross proceeds from the simultaneous private sale of Common Stock and Warrants (including amounts invested by Investor through the Escrow Agreement), in each case at the same price, and the Company shall have satisfied the other requirements of the Escrow Agreement.

 (n)             The Company shall have delivered to Investor such other documents relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as Investor or its counsel may reasonably request.

9.
Termination .

In the event that the Closing shall not have occurred with respect to Investor on or before thirty (30) days from the date hereof due to the Company’s or Investor’s failure to satisfy the conditions set forth in Sections 7 and 8 above (and the nonbreaching party’s failure to waive such unsatisfied condition(s)), the nonbreaching party shall have the option to terminate this Agreement with respect to such breaching party at the close of business on such date without liability of any party to any other party. In the event of any termination of this Agreement, other than arising out of Investor’s failure to satisfy the conditions set forth in Section 7 , the Company shall bear all Expenses (as later defined) of Investor in an amount, as incurred by Investor, up to fifty thousand dollars ($50,000).

10.
Miscellaneous .

10.1          This Subscription Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to its subject matter and there are no agreements or understandings with respect to the subject matter hereof which are not contained in this Subscription Agreement. This Subscription Agreement may be modified only in writing signed by the parties hereto. The Company represents and warrants that it is not entering into any subscription agreement or securities purchase agreement with any other investor concurrently with this Subscription Agreement that contains terms more advantageous to such other investor than the terms of this Subscription Agreement are to Investor. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns, including any purchasers of the Shares or the Warrants. The Company shall not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Investor, including by merger or consolidation. Investor may assign some or all of its rights hereunder in connection with transfer of any of its Securities without the consent of the Company, in which event such assignee shall be deemed to be Investor hereunder with respect to such assigned rights.

10.2          Each party hereto shall bear all fees and expenses incurred by such party in connection with, relating to or arising out of the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including financial advisors’, attorneys’, accountants’ and other professional fees and expenses in connection with the transactions contemplated in this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents (the “ Expenses ”); provided ; however , that the Company shall bear all such reasonable fees and expenses of Investor in an amount, as incurred by Investor, up to fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) which shall be deducted out of the proceeds in the Investor’s investment.

10.3          All representations, warranties, and agreements of the Company herein shall survive delivery of, and payment for, the Shares hereunder.
 
10.4          This Subscription Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other parties hereto, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. Execution may be made by delivery of a facsimile or PDF.

 
- 17 -

 
 
10.5          The provisions of this Subscription Agreement are severable and, in the event that any court or officials of any regulatory agency of competent jurisdiction shall determine that any one or more of the provisions or part of the provisions contained in this Subscription Agreement shall, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or part of a provision of this Subscription Agreement and this Subscription Agreement shall be reformed and construed as if such invalid or illegal or unenforceable provision, or part of such provision, had never been contained herein, so that such provisions would be valid, legal and enforceable to the maximum extent possible, so long as such construction does not materially adversely affect the economic rights of either party hereto.

10.6          The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rules of strict construction will be applied against any party.

10.7          All communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed, hand delivered, sent by a recognized overnight courier service such as FedEx, or sent via facsimile and confirmed by letter, to the party to whom it is addressed at the following addresses or such other address as such party may advise the other in writing:

To the Company: as set forth on the signature page hereto.

To Investor: as set forth on the signature page hereto.

All notices hereunder shall be effective upon receipt by the party to which it is addressed.

10.8          This Subscription Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York for contracts to be wholly performed in such state and without giving effect to the principles thereof regarding the conflict of laws. To the extent determined by such court, the prevailing party shall reimburse the other party for any reasonable legal fees and disbursements incurred in enforcement of, or protection of any of its rights under this Subscription Agreement.

[ Signature Pages Follow. ]

 
- 18 -

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Subscription Agreement effective as of the date first written above.
 
The Company: TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC.
     
  By:    
  Name:  Terry Anderton
  Title:  Chairman and CEO
 
Address for Notice:

Trunity Holdings, Inc.
15 Green Street
Newburyport, MA 01950
Attention: Terry Anderton, CEO
Fax: (603) 218-6006

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Robert B. Macaulay, Esq.
Carlton Fields, P.A.
Miami Tower
100 SE Second Street, Suite 4200
Miami, FL 33131
Fax: (305) 530-0055
 
SIGNATURE PAGE TO SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
 
 
 

 
 
    INVESTOR:
       
    (Print Name of Investor)
           
Number of Shares:   By:     
           
    Name:   
           
Purchase Price per Share: $0.40   Its:       
 
Name and address in which the Shares should be registered:
 
Name:           
       
Address:       
 
Address for Notice:

Pan-African Investment Company, LLC
52 Vanderbilt Avenue, Suite 401
New York, NY 10017
Facsimile:    (212) 425-4199
Attention:   Dana M. Reed, Co-CEO
 
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Reed Smith, LLP
599 Lexington Avenue, 22 nd Floor
New York, New York 10022
Telephone:     ( 212) 549-0378
Facsimile:   (212) 521-5450
Attention:  Yvan Claude Pierre, Esq.
 
SIGNATURE PAGE TO SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
 
 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT A
 

 
Please see attached.
 
 
A-1

 
 
EXHIBIT B
 

 
Please see attached.
 
 
B-1

 
 
EXHIBIT C
 

 
Please see attached.
 
 
C-1

 
 
EXHIBIT D
 

 
Please see attached.
 
 
D-1

 
 
EXHIBIT E
 

 
Please see attached.
 
 
E-1

 
 
EXHIBIT F
 

 
Please see attached.
 
F-1




Exhibti 10.10
 
EXECUTION VERSION
 
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT is made as of the 30 day of May, 2013 , by and among Trunity Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and each of the investors listed on Schedule A hereto.

RECITALS

WHEREAS , the Company is party to a separate subscription agreement with each of the Investors (the “ Subscription Agreements ”), dated on or about the date hereof, to purchase shares (the “ Shares ”) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”) together with warrants (the “ Warrants ”) to purchase Common Stock (the “Warrant Shares”); and

WHEREAS , in order to induce the Company to enter into the Subscription Agreements and to induce the Investors to invest funds in the Company pursuant to such Subscription Agreements, the Investors and the Company hereby agree that this Agreement shall govern the rights of the Investors to participate in future equity offerings by the Company, and shall govern certain other matters as set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE , the parties hereby agree as follows:

1.              Definitions .   For purposes of this Agreement:

1.1            “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, including without limitation any general partner, managing member, officer or director   of such Person or any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Person.

1.2            “ Holder ” means any holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement.

1.3             Immediate Family Member ” means a child , stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law,   or   sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, of a natural person referred to herein.

1.4            “ Lead Investor ” means Pan-African Investment Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
 
1.5            “ Lead Investor Director ” means any   director   of the Company that the Lead Investor is entitled to elect pursuant to the Company’s   Certificate of Incorporation or written instrument by and among the Company, Lead Investor and other shareholders of the Company party thereto.
 
 
 

 
 
1.6            “ New Securities ” means, collectively, equity securities of the Company, whether or not currently authorized, as well as rights, options, or warrants to purchase such equity securities, or securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such equity securities.

1.7             Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or   other entity .

1.8            “ Registrable Securities ” means each of the Shares and Warrant Shares.

1.9            “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

1.10          “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

2.              Rights to Future Stock Issuances .
 
2.1             Right of First Offer . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 2.1 and applicable securities laws, if the Company proposes to offer or sell any New Securities, the Company shall first offer such New Securities to each Investor (which for purposes hereof, shall include any transferee thereof). An Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted to it in such proportions as it deems appropriate, among (i) itself and (ii) its permitted transferees.

(a)            The Company shall give written notice (the “ Offer Notice ”) to each Investor, stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such New Securities, (ii) the number of such New Securities to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such New Securities.

(b)            By notification to the Company within thirty (30) days after the Offer Notice is given, each Investor may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that portion of such New Securities which equals the proportion that the Common Stock then held by such Investor (including all shares of Common Stock then issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Warrants then held by such Investor) bears to the total Common Stock of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and /or exercise , as applicable, of all Warrants ). At the expiration of such thirty (30) day period, the Company shall promptly notify each Investor that elects to purchase or acquire all the shares available to it (each, a “ Fully Exercising Investor ”) of any other Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the ten (10) day period commencing after the Company has given such notice, each Fully Exercising Investor may, by giving written notice to the Company, elect to purchase or acquire, in addition to the number of shares specified above, up to that portion of the New Securities for which Investors were entitled to subscribe but that were not subscribed for by the Investors which is equal to the proportion that the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Warrants then held, by such Fully Exercising Investor bears to the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Warrants then held, by all Fully Exercising Investors who wish to purchase such unsubscribed shares. The closing of any sale pursuant to this Section 2.1 (b) shall occur within the later of ninety (90) days of the date that the Offer Notice is given and the date of initial sale of New Securities pursuant to Section 2.1 (c) .
 
 
2

 
 
(c)            If all New Securities referred to in the Offer Notice are not elected to be purchased or acquired as provided in Section 2.1 (b) , the Company may, during the period following the expiration of the periods provided in Section 2.1 (b) , offer and sell the remaining unsubscribed portion of such New Securities to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Offer Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the New Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within sixty (60) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such New Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Investors in accordance with this Section 2.1 .
 
(d)            The right of first offer in this Section 2.1 shall not be applicable to (i) shares of Common Stock reserved under existing employee incentive share pools and (ii) New Securities issued pursuant to acquisitions by the Company.

2.2             Termination . The covenants set forth in Section 2.1 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect thirty-six (36) months after the date hereof.

3.              Additional Covenants .
 
3.1             Insurance . Within five (5) business days of the date hereof, the Company shall file an application (together with applicable payment of premiums), and otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts, to obtain from financially sound and reputable insurers Directors and Officers liability insurance covering the Lead Investor Director, in an amount no less than three million dollars ($3,000,000) and on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Lead Investor, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such insurance policies to be maintained until the earlier of (a) such time as the Lead Investor no longer has a contractual (or other) right to elect a member of the Company’s Board of Directors or (b) the Lead Investor consents to a modification or discontinuance of such insurance. The Directors and Officers liability insurance policy shall not be cancelable by the Company without prior approval by the Board of Directors (including the Lead Investor Director).

3.2             Successor Indemnification . If the Company or any of its successors or assignees consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, then to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assignees of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board of Directors as in effect immediately before such transaction, whether such obligations are contained in the Company’s Bylaws, its Certificate of Incorporation, or elsewhere, as the case may be.

 
3

 
 
4.              Miscellaneous .

4.1             Successors and Assigns . The rights under this Agreement may be   assigned ( but only with all related obligations ) by a Holder to a transferee of Registrable Securities that (a) is an Affiliate of a Holder or (b) is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or one or more of such Holder’s Immediate Family Members provided , however , that (i) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred; and (ii) such transferee agrees in a written instrument delivered to the Company to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee, the holdings of a transferee (A) that is an Affiliate or stockholder of a Holder; (B) who is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member; or (C) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member shall be aggregated together and with those of the transferring Holder; provided   further that all transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices, or taking any action under this Agreement. The terms and conditions of this Agreement inure to the benefit of and are binding upon the respective successors and permitted assignees of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assignees any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.

4.2             Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the internal law of the State of New York.

4.3             Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes .

4.4             Headings . The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

4.5             Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt or: (a) personal delivery to the party to be notified; (b) when sent, if sent by electronic mail or facsimile during the recipient’s normal business hours, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day; (c) three (3) business days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (d) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next-day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their addresses as set forth on Schedule A hereto, or to the principal office of the Company and to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer, in the case of the Company, or to such email address, facsimile number, or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 4.5 . If notice is given to the Company, a copy shall also be sent to Carlton Fields, P.A. Miami Tower, 100 SE Second Street, Suite 4200, Miami, FL 33131, Attention: Robert Macaulay.
 
 
4

 
 
4.6             Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding which consent shall include the consent of the Lead Investor; provided , that any provision hereof may be waived by any waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other party . Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Investor without the written consent of such Investor, unless such amendment, termination, or waiver applies to all Investors in the same fashion. The Company shall give prompt notice of any amendment or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment, termination, or waiver. Any amendment, termination, or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 4.6 shall be binding on all parties hereto, regardless of whether any such party has consented thereto. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition, or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition, or provision.

4.7             Severability . In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision shall be reformed and construed so that it will be valid, legal, and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

4.8             Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including any schedules and exhibits hereto) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties is expressly canceled.

4.9             Dispute Resolution .   The parties (a) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the jurisdiction of the state courts of New York and to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement, (b) agree not to commence any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement except in the state courts of New York and to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and (c) hereby waive, and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court. The prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees, costs, and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.
 
 
5

 
 
4.10           WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, THE SECURITIES OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR THEREOF. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. THIS SECTION HAS BEEN FULLY DISCUSSED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THESE PROVISIONS WILL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY EXCEPTIONS. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY FURTHER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT SUCH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT SUCH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.

4.11           Delays or Omissions . No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such nonbreaching or nondefaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of or acquiescence to any such breach or default, or to any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. All remedies, whether under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

4.12           Acknowledgment . The Company acknowledges that the Investors are in the business of venture capital investing and therefore review the business plans and related proprietary information of many enterprises, including enterprises which may have products or services which compete directly or indirectly with those of the Company. Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude or in any way restrict the Investors from investing or participating in any particular enterprise whether or not such enterprise has products or services which compete with those of the Company.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 
6

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
 
  TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC.:
     
  By:   
  Name:  Terry Anderton 
  Title:  Chairman and CEO 

Signature Page to Investors’ Rights Agreement
 
 
 

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date indicated below.
 
 
INVESTOR :
     
  By:   
  Name:   
  Title:   
     
Dated: ______________ ___, 20__
   
 
Signature Page to Investors’ Rights Agreement
 
 
 

 

SCHEDULE A

Investors

Pan-African Investment Company, LLC
52 Vanderbilt Avenue, Suite 401
New York, NY 10017
Attention: Dana M. Reed, Co-Chief Executive Officer
Phone: (646)-569-5040
Fax: (212) 425-4199
Email: dreed@panafricaninvestmentco.com
 
 





Exhibit 10.11
 
EXECUTION VERSION
 
VOTING AGREEMENT
 
THIS VOTING AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of this 30 day of May, 2013, by and among Trunity Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), each of the investors listed on Schedule A hereto (the “ Investors ”) and those certain stockholders of the Company listed on Schedule B (together with any subsequent stockholders or any transferees, who become parties hereto as “ Key Holders ” pursuant to Section 5.2 , the “ Key Holders ”, and together with the Investors, collectively the “ Stockholders ”).
 
RECITALS
 
WHEREAS , concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Company and the Investors are entering into separate subscription agreements (the “ Subscription Agreements ”), to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”) together with warrants (the “ Warrants ”) to purchase Common Stock; and
 
WHEREAS , in connection with the execution and delivery of the Subscription Agreements, the parties desire to provide the Investors with the right, among other rights, to designate the election of certain members of the board of directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; and
 
WHEREAS , in order to induce the Investors to enter into the Subscription Agreements and to invest funds in the Company pursuant to such Subscription Agreements, the Stockholders and the Company desire to enter into this Agreement.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:
 
1.              Voting Provisions Regarding Board of Directors .
 
1.1            Size of the Board .  Each Stockholder agrees to vote, or cause to be voted, all Shares (as defined below) owned by such Stockholder, or over which such Stockholder has voting control, from time to time and at all times, in whatever manner as shall be necessary to ensure that the size of the Board shall be set and remain at five directors and may be increased only with the written consent of (a) PIC (as defined below) and (b) Stockholders holding at least 50% of the shares of Common Stock then issued and outstanding. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Shares ” shall mean and include any securities of the Company the holders of which are entitled to vote for members of the Board, including without limitation, all shares of Common Stock, by whatever name called, now owned or subsequently acquired by a Stockholder, however acquired, whether through stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications, recapitalizations, similar events or otherwise.
 
1.2            Board Composition .  Each Stockholder agrees to vote, or cause to be voted, all Shares owned by such Stockholder, or over which such Stockholder has voting control, from time to time and at all times, in whatever manner as shall be necessary to ensure that at each annual or special meeting of stockholders at which an election of directors is held or pursuant to any written consent of the stockholders, for one person designated by Pan-African Investment Company, LLC (“ PIC ”) to serve as a member of the Company’s Board, which individual shall initially be Dana M. Reed, for so long as PIC and its Affiliates continue to own beneficially at least 2% of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company, which number is subject to appropriate adjustment for all stock splits, dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and the like.  To the extent that the foregoing sentence shall not be applicable, any member of the Board who would otherwise have been designated in accordance with the terms thereof shall instead be voted upon by all of the stockholders of the Company entitled to vote thereon in accordance with, and pursuant to, the Company’s certificate of incorporation (the “ Certificate ”).
 
 
 

 
 
For purposes of this Agreement, an individual, firm, corporation, partnership, association, limited liability company, trust or any other entity (collectively, a “ Person ”) shall be deemed an “ Affiliate ” of another Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, including, without limitation, any general partner, managing member, officer or director of such Person or any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Person.
 
1.3            Failure to Designate a Board Member .  In the absence of any designation by PIC as specified in Section 1.2 , the director previously designated by it and then serving shall be nominated for reelection at the Company’s next annual meeting of stockholders if still eligible to serve as provided herein.
 
1.4            Removal of Board Members .  Each Stockholder also agrees to vote, or cause to be voted, all Shares owned by such Stockholder, or over which such Stockholder has voting control, from time to time and at all times, in whatever manner as shall be necessary to ensure that:
 
(a)             no director elected pursuant to Section 1.2 of this Agreement may be removed from office unless (i) such removal is directed or approved by the affirmative vote of the Person entitled under Section 1.2 to designate that director or (ii) the Person(s) originally entitled to designate or approve such director pursuant to Section 1.2 is no longer so entitled to designate or approve such director;
 
(b)            any vacancies created by the resignation, removal or death of a director elected pursuant to Section 1.2 shall be filled pursuant to the provisions of this Article 1 ; and
 
(c)             upon the request of any party entitled to designate a director as provided in Section 1.2   to remove such director, such director shall be removed.
 
All Stockholders agree to execute any written consents required to perform the obligations of this Agreement, and the Company agrees at the request of any party entitled to designate directors to call a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing directors.
 
1.5            No Liability for Election of Recommended Directors .  No Stockholder, nor any Affiliate of any Stockholder, shall have any liability as a result of designating a person for election as a director for any act or omission by such designated person in his or her capacity as a director of the Company, nor shall any Stockholder have any liability as a result of voting for any such designee in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
 
 
- 2 -

 
 
2.              Vote to Increase Authorized Common Stock . Each Stockholder agrees to vote or cause to be voted all Shares owned by such Stockholder, or over which such Stockholder has voting control, from time to time and at all times, in whatever manner as shall be necessary to increase the number of authorized shares of Common Stock from time to time to ensure that there will be sufficient shares of Common Stock available for conversion of all Warrants outstanding at any given time.
 
3.              Remedies .
 
3.1            Covenants of the Company .  The Company agrees to use its best efforts, within the requirements of applicable law, to ensure that the rights granted under this Agreement are effective and that the parties enjoy the benefits of this Agreement. Such actions include, without limitation, the use of the Company’s best efforts to cause the nomination and election of the directors as provided in this Agreement.
 
3.2            Specific Enforcement .  Each party acknowledges and agrees that each party hereto will be irreparably damaged in the event any of the provisions of this Agreement are not performed by the parties in accordance with their specific terms or are otherwise breached. Accordingly, it is agreed that each of the Company and the Stockholders shall be entitled to an injunction to prevent breaches of this Agreement, and to specific enforcement of this Agreement and its terms and provisions in any action instituted in any court of the United States or any state having subject matter jurisdiction.
 
3.3            Remedies Cumulative .  All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.
 
4.              Term .  This Agreement shall be effective as of the date hereof and shall continue in effect until and shall terminate at the time when neither PIC nor its Affiliates hold beneficially or of record, at least two percent (2%) of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company.
 
5.              Miscellaneou s.
 
5.1            Additional Parties .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company issues additional shares of Common Stock after the date hereof, as a condition to the issuance of such shares, the Company shall require that any purchaser of Common Stock in an amount leaving such purchaser with over 0.5% of the shares issued and outstanding of Common Stock of the Company become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering (a) the Adoption Agreement attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A , or (b) a counterpart signature page hereto agreeing to be bound by and subject to the terms of this Agreement as an Investor and Stockholder hereunder. In either event, each such person shall thereafter be deemed an Investor and Stockholder for all purposes under this Agreement.
 
 
- 3 -

 
 
5.2            Transfers .  Each transferee or assignee of any Shares subject to this Agreement shall continue to be subject to the terms hereof, and, as a condition precedent to the Company’s recognizing such transfer, each transferee or assignee shall agree in writing to be subject to each of the terms of this Agreement by executing and delivering an Adoption Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A . Upon the execution and delivery of an Adoption Agreement by any transferee, such transferee shall be deemed to be a party hereto as if such transferee were the transferor and such transferee’s signature appeared on the signature pages of this Agreement and shall be deemed to be an Investor and Stockholder, or Key Holder and Stockholder, as applicable. The Company shall not permit the transfer of the Shares subject to this Agreement on its books or issue a new certificate representing any such Shares unless and until such transferee shall have complied with the terms of this Section 5.2 . Each certificate representing the Shares subject to this Agreement if issued on or after the date of this Agreement shall be endorsed by the Company with the legend set forth in Section 5.12 .
 
5.3            Successors and Assigns .  The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.
 
5.4            Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by the internal law of the State of New York.
 
5.5            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.
 
5.6            Titles and Subtitles .  The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.
 
1.1             Notices .  Any notices, consents, waivers or other communications required or permitted to be given under the terms of this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been delivered: (a) upon receipt, when delivered personally; (b) upon receipt, when sent by facsimile (provided confirmation of transmission is mechanically or electronically generated and kept on file by the sending party) or (c) one business day after deposit with an overnight courier service, in each case properly addressed to the party to receive the same. The addresses and facsimile numbers for such communications shall be:
 
If to the Company:
 
Trunity Holdings, Inc.
15 Green Street
Newburyport, MA 01950
Attention: Terry Anderton, Chairman and CEO
Facsimile: (603) 218-6006

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
 
Carlton Fields, P.A.
Miami Tower
100 SE Second Street, Suite 4200
Miami, FL 33131
Facsimile:  (305) 530-0055
Attention:  Robert M. Macaulay, Esq.
 
 
- 4 -

 
 
If to PIC:
 
Pan-African Investment Company, LLC
52 Vanderbilt Avenue, Suite 401
New York, NY 10017
Facsimile:  (___) ____-_____
Attention:  Dana M. Reed, Co-CEO

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
 
Reed Smith, LLP
599 Lexington Avenue, 22 nd Floor
New York, New York 10022
Telephone:  ( 212) 549-0378
Facsimile:  (212) 521-5450
Attention:  Yvan Claude Pierre, Esq.

If to any other Stockholder, to its address and facsimile number set forth on Schedule A or Schedule B, as applicable or to such other address and/or facsimile number and/or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by written notice given to each other party five (5) days prior to the effectiveness of such change. Written confirmation of receipt (i) given by the recipient of such notice, consent, waiver or other communication, (ii) mechanically or electronically generated by the sender’s facsimile machine containing the time, date, recipient facsimile number and an image of the first page of such transmission or (iii) provided by an overnight courier service shall be rebuttable evidence of personal service, receipt by facsimile or receipt from an overnight courier service in accordance with clause (a), (b) or (c) above, respectively.
 
5.7            Consent Required to Amend, Terminate or Waive . This Agreement may be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by a written instrument executed by (i) the Company; (ii) PIC and (iii) the holders of no less than 50% of the shares of Common Stock of the Company then issued and outstanding. Notwithstanding the foregoing:
 
(a)             this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term of this Agreement may not be waived with respect to any Investor or Key Holder without the written consent of such Investor or Key Holder unless such amendment, termination or waiver applies to all Investors or Key Holders, as the case may be, in the same fashion;
 
(b)             the consent of the Key Holders shall not be required for any amendment or waiver if such amendment or waiver either (A) is not directly applicable to the rights of the Key Holders hereunder or (B) does not adversely affect the rights of the Key Holders in a manner that is different than the effect on the rights of the other parties hereto; and
 
 
- 5 -

 
 
(c)             any provision hereof may be waived by the waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other party.
 
The Company shall give prompt written notice of any amendment, termination or waiver here-under to any party that did not consent in writing thereto. Any amendment, termination or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 5.8 shall be binding on each party and all of such party’s successors and permitted assigns, whether or not any such party, successor or assignee entered into or approved such amendment, termination or waiver. For purposes of this Section 5.8 , the requirement of a written instrument may be satisfied in the form of an action by written consent of the Stockholders circulated by the Company and executed by the Stockholder parties specified, whether or not such action by written consent makes explicit reference to the terms of this Agreement.
 
5.8            Delays or Omissions . No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-breaching or non-defaulting party nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default previously or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.
 
5.9            Severability .  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.
 
5.10          Entire Agreement .  This Agreement (including the exhibits and schedules hereto), the Certificate and the other Transaction Documents (as defined in the Subscription Agreements) constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties is expressly canceled.
 
5.11          Legend on Share Certificates . Each certificate representing any Shares issued after the date hereof shall be endorsed by the Company with a legend reading substantially as follows:
 
“THE SHARES EVIDENCED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO A VOTING AGREEMENT, AS MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, (A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FROM THE COMPANY), AND BY ACCEPTING ANY INTEREST IN SUCH SHARES THE PERSON ACCEPTING SUCH INTEREST SHALL BE DEEMED TO AGREE TO AND SHALL BECOME BOUND BY ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THAT VOTING AGREEMENT, INCLUDING CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OWNERSHIP SET FORTH THEREIN.”
 
 
- 6 -

 
 
The Company, by its execution of this Agreement, agrees that it will cause the certificates evidencing the Shares issued after the date hereof to bear the legend required by this Section 5.12 of this Agreement, and it shall supply, free of charge, a copy of this Agreement to any holder of a certificate evidencing Shares upon written request from such holder to the Company at its principal office. The parties to this Agreement do hereby agree that the failure to cause the certificates evidencing the Shares to bear the legend required by this Section 5.12 herein and/or the failure of the Company to supply, free of charge, a copy of this Agreement as provided hereunder shall not affect the validity or enforcement of this Agreement.
 
5.12          Stock Splits, Stock Dividends, etc . In the event of any issuance of Shares of the Company’s voting securities hereafter to any of the Stockholders (including, without limitation, in connection with any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, or the like), such Shares shall become subject to this Agreement and shall be endorsed with the legend set forth in Section 5.12 .
 
5.13          Manner of Voting . The voting of Shares pursuant to this Agreement may be effected in person, by proxy, by written consent or in any other manner permitted by applicable law. For the avoidance of doubt, voting of the Shares pursuant to the Agreement need not make explicit reference to the terms of this Agreement.
 
5.14          Further Assurances .  At any time or from time to time after the date hereof, the parties agree to cooperate with each other, and at the request of any other party, to execute and deliver any further instruments or documents and to take all such further action as the other party may reasonably request in order to evidence or effectuate the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and to otherwise carry out the intent of the parties hereunder.
 
5.15          Dispute Resolution . The parties (a) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the jurisdiction of the state courts of New York and to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement, (b) agree not to commence any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement except in the state courts of New York and to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and (c) hereby waive, and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court.  The prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees, costs, and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.
 
 
- 7 -

 
 
                5.16          WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .  EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, THE SECURITIES OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR THEREOF.  THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS.  THIS SECTION HAS BEEN FULLY DISCUSSED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THESE PROVISIONS WILL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY EXCEPTIONS.  EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY FURTHER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT SUCH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT SUCH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.
 
5.17           Costs of Enforcement . If any party to this Agreement seeks to enforce its rights under this Agreement by legal proceedings, the non-prevailing party shall pay all costs and expenses incurred by the prevailing party, including, without limitation, all reasonable attorneys’ fees.
 
5.18          Aggregation of Stock . All Shares held or acquired by a Stockholder and/or its Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement, and such Affiliated persons may apportion such rights as among themselves in any manner they deem appropriate.
 
 [Signature Page Follows]
 
 
- 8 -

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Voting Agreement as of the date first written above.
 
  TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC .
     
  By:   
  Name:  Terry Anderton 
  Title:  Chairman and CEO 
 
SIGNATURE PAGE TO VOTING AGREEMENT
 
 
 

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Voting Agreement as of the date written adjacent to such parties’ signature page.
 
 
KEY HOLDER :
       
  By:     
  Name:    
       
  Dated:
 
SIGNATURE PAGE TO VOTING AGREEMENT
 
 
 

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Voting Agreement as of the date written adjacent to such parties’ signature page.
 
 
INVESTOR :
         
  By:       
  Name:   
  Title:     
         
  Dated: 
 
SIGNATURE PAGE TO VOTING AGREEMENT
 
 
 

 
 
SCHEDULE A
 
INVESTORS
 
Name and Address
Number of Shares Held
 
     
Pan-African Investment Company, LLC
52 Vanderbilt Avenue, Suite 401
New York, NY 10017
Facsimile:  (212) 425-4199
Attention:  Dana M. Reed, Co-CEO
   
 
 
 

 
 
SCHEDULE B
 
KEY HOLDERS
 
Name and Address
Number of Shares Held
 
     
Terry Anderton
15 Green Street
Newsburyport, Massachusetts 01950
Fax: (____) ____-_______
 4,550,412  
     
RRM Ventures LLC
4866 S. Viewmont Street
Holladay, Utah 84117
Fax: (____) ____-_______
 2,068,859  
     
Aureus Investments LLC  
4866 S. Viewmont Street
Holladay, Utah 84117
Fax: (____) ____-_______
 4,907,683   
 
 
 

 

EXHIBIT A
 
ADOPTION AGREEMENT
 
This Adoption Agreement (“ Adoption Agreement ”) is executed on _________________ 20__, by the undersigned (the “ Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Voting Agreement dated as of [_________, 201__] (the “ Agreement ), by and among the Company and certain of its Stockholders, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Adoption Agreement shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Adoption Agreement, the Holder agrees as follows.
 
1.1           Acknowledgement .  Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring certain shares of the capital stock of the Company (the “ Stock ”), for one of the following reasons (Check the correct box):
 
 
as a transferee of Shares from a party in such party’s capacity as an “ Investor ” bound by the Agreement, and after such transfer, Holder shall be considered an “ Investor ” and a “ Stockholder ” for all purposes of the Agreement.
 
 
as a transferee of Shares from a party in such party’s capacity as a “ Key Holder ” bound by the Agreement, and after such transfer, Holder shall be considered a “ Key Holder ” and a “ Stockholder ” for all purposes of the Agreement.
 
 
as a new Investor in accordance with Section 5.1 of the Agreement, in which case Holder will be an “ Investor ” and a “Stockholder” for all purposes of the Agreement.
 
1.2           Agreement .  Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Stock, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto.
 
1.3           Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.
 
HOLDER:   ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
               
By:      TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC.
  Name and Title of Signatory     
           
Address:        By:   
 
           
        Title:  
Facsimile Number:           
 
 


 


Exhibit 10.12
   
EXECUTION VERSION
 
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of May 30, 2013 by and between Trunity Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Dana M. Reed (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Indemnitee performs a valuable service for the Company; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company has adopted Bylaws and a Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Charter Documents ”) providing for the indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company to the maximum extent authorized by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended (the “ Law ”); and

WHEREAS, the Charter Documents and the Law, by their nonexclusive nature, permit contracts between the Company and the officers or directors of the Company with respect to indemnification of such officers or directors; and

WHEREAS, in accordance with the authorization as provided by the Law, the Company may in its sole discretion elect to purchase and maintain a policy or policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (“ D & O Insurance ”), covering certain liabilities which may be incurred by its officers or directors in the performance of their obligations to the Company; and

WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee to continue to serve as an officer or director of the Company, the Company has determined and agreed to enter into this contract with Indemnitee.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged:

1.             Indemnity of Indemnitee . The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by the provisions of the Law, as such may be amended from time to time, and the Charter Documents, as such may be amended. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

(a)            Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section l(a) if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(a) , Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses (as hereinafter defined), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 
 

 
 
(b)            Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(b) , Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided , however , that, if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

(c)            Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

(d)           If (i) Indemnitee is or was affiliated with one or more investment funds that has invested in the Company (an “ Appointing Stockholder ”), and (ii) the Appointing Stockholder is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding relating to or arising by reason of Appointing Stockholder’s position as a stockholder of, or lender to, the Company, or Appointing Stockholder’s appointment of or affiliation with Indemnitee or any other director, including without limitation any alleged misappropriation of a Company asset or corporate opportunity, any claim of misappropriation or infringement of intellectual property relating to the Company, any alleged false or misleading statement or omission made by the Company (or on its behalf) or its employees or agents, or any allegation of inappropriate control or influence over the Company or its Board members, officers, equity holders or debt holders, then the Appointing Stockholder will be entitled to indemnification hereunder for Expenses to the same extent as Indemnitee, and the terms of this Agreement as they relate to procedures for indemnification of Indemnitee and advancement of Expenses shall apply to any such indemnification of Appointing Stockholder as an intended, direct third party beneficiary of this Agreement.

 
2

 
 
2.             Additional Indemnity . In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 1 , the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and  7 hereof) to be unlawful under Delaware law.

3.             Contribution in the Event of Joint Liability .

(a)           To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and  2 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

(b)           Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), Company shall contribute to the amount of expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided , however , that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which the law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary, and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

 
3

 
 
(c)           Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

4.             Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

5.             Advancement of Expenses . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligation of the Company to advance Expenses pursuant to this Section 5 shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to the extent that the Company determines that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed, within thirty (30) days of such determination, by Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided , however , that if Indemnitee has commenced or thereafter commences legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law, any determination made by the Company that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advance of Expenses until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed).

6.             Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification . It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the law and public policy of the State of Delaware. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

(a)           To obtain indemnification (including, but not limited to, the advancement of Expenses and contribution by the Company) under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

 
4

 
 
(b)           Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6(a) hereof, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following three methods, which shall be at the election of the Board of Directors: (i) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (as defined herein), even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by Independent Counsel (as defined herein) in a written opinion, or (iii) by the stockholders.

(c)           If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 6(c) . The Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board of Directors. Indemnitee may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 13 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6(c) , regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

(d)           In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 6(a) of this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion, by clear and convincing evidence.

 
5

 
 
(e)           Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise (as defined herein), including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion, by clear and convincing evidence.

(f)           If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 6 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided , however , that such thirty (30) day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional fifteen (15) days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(f) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination the Board of Directors or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

(g)          Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board of Directors, or stockholder of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination under the Agreement of the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

 
6

 
 
(h)          The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion, by clear and convincing evidence.

7.             Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a)           In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within one hundred and eighty (180) days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 7(a) . The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.

(b)          In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination under Section 6(b) .

(c)           If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b ) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 , absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s misstatement not materially misleading in connection with the application for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d)          In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 7 , seeks a judicial adjudication of Indemnitee’s rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on Indemnitee’s behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 13 of this Agreement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery.

 
7

 
 
(e)           The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

8.             Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Primacy of Indemnification; Subrogation .

(a)           The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Charter Documents, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the Law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Charter Documents and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b)           To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee or agent under such policy or policies.

 
8

 
 
(c)            Primacy of Indemnification . The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by other entities and/or organizations (collectively, the “ Fund Indemnitors ”) and that Indemnitee may have additional sources of indemnification or insurance (other than the Company), whether currently in force or established in the future (such sources, including the Fund Indemnitors, being collectively referred to as the “ Outside Indemnitors ”). The Company hereby agrees that: (i) it is the indemnitor of first resort with respect to Indemnitee (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary, and any obligation of the Outside Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary); (ii) the Company shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the maximum extent legally permitted by the terms of this Agreement, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, the Bylaws of the Company or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee, without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against any Outside Indemnitor and without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have to coverage under insurance policies maintained by any Outside Indemnitor; and (iii) that with respect to the Company’s obligations to advance Expenses and indemnify Indemnitee by reason of Indemnitee’s service as a director of the Company, the Company irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Outside Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Outside Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. No advancement or payment by any Outside Indemnitor, or any insurance carrier of an Outside Indemnitor, on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing. The Outside Indemnitors shall be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery which Indemnitee would have had against the Company or any insurance carrier of the Company if the Outside Indemnitors had not advanced or paid any amount to or on behalf of Indemnitee. If for any reason a court of competent jurisdiction determines that the Outside Indemnitors are not entitled to the subrogation rights described in the preceding sentence, the Outside Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution by the Company to the Outside Indemnitors with respect to any advance or payment by the Outside Indemnitors to or on behalf of Indemnitee. The Company and Indemnitee agree that each Outside Indemnitor is an express third party beneficiary of this Agreement and the terms hereof. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to prevent the Company from taking any action necessary to require its own insurer(s) to provide coverage to the Company or its directors (including Indemnitee), including causing any person (including any Outside Indemnitor to be named as a party to a declaratory judgment action brought to obtain such relief).
 
(d)           In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(e)           The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

9.             Exception to Right of Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement with respect to: (a) any claim made against Indemnitee for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or (b) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

 
9

 
 
10.           Duration of Agreement . All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer or director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section 7 hereof) by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, whether or not Indemnitee is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

11.           Security . To the extent requested by the Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to the Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to the Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

12.           Enforcement .

(a)           The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company.

(b)          This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

13.           Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a)           “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person is or was serving at the express written request of the Company.

(b)           “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(c)           “ Enterprise ” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the express written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

 
10

 
 
(d)           “ Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding.

(e)           “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(f)           “ Proceeding ” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or of any inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting as an officer or director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other Enterprise; in each case whether or not Indemnitee is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement; and excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

14.           Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, illegal or otherwise unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

 
11

 
 
15.           Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

16.           Notice By Indemnitee . Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

17.           Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, or (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

(a)           If to Indemnitee, to the address set forth below Indemnitee’s signature hereto.

(b)          If to the Company, to:

Trunity Holdings, Inc.
15 Green Street
Newburyport, MA 01950
Attention: Terry Anderton, Chairman and CEO
Fax: (603) 218-6006

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Robert B. Macaulay, Esq.
Carlton Fields, P.A.
Miami Tower
100 SE Second Street, Suite 4200
Miami, FL 33131
Fax: (305) 530-0055

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.
 
 
12

 
 
18.           Identical Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.
 
19.           Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

20.           Governing Law . The parties agree that this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware without application of the conflict of laws principles thereof.

21.           Gender . Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.

 
13

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Indemnification Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.
 
  TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC.
   
  By:   
  Name: Terry Anderton
  Title:  Chairman and CEO
   
  INDEMNITEE:
   
   
  Dana M. Reed
   
  Address for Notice:

Pan-African Investment Company, LLC
52 Vanderbilt Avenue, Suite 401
New York, NY 10017
Facsimile:  (212) 425-4199
Attention:  Dana M. Reed, Co-CEO

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
 
Reed Smith, LLP
599 Lexington Avenue, 22 nd Floor
New York, New York 10022
Telephone:  ( 212) 549-0378
Facsimile:  (212) 521-5450
Attention:  Yvan Claude Pierre, Esq.
 
 
SIGNATURE PAGE TO INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
 


 




Exhibit 10.13
 

Dana Reed
Co-CEO
Pan-African Investment Company, LLC
52 Vanderbilt Avenue
New York, NY 10017
 
RE:      MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING REGARDING TRUNITY HOLDINGS INC. AND PIC PARTNERS

Dear Ms. Reed:

This Memorandum of Understanding, or MOU, dated April 17, 2013, is intended to summarize our understanding with respect to the arrangement between Pan-African Investment Company, LLC (“PIC”), on the one hand, and Trunity Holdings, Inc. (“Trunity”) on the other hand, in connection with the introduction of Trunity’s educational offerings to countries located on the African continent (each of PIC and Trunity may be referred to as a “Party” or collectively as the “Parties”).  Both PIC and Trunity seek to improve the quality of education on the African continent which both parties believe will subsequently improve the general quality of life and believe Trunity’s learning management system and platform provide that opportunity and want to work together to introduce it to as many countries in Africa as possible.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this MOU to the contrary, this MOU, and any contractual obligations contemplated by the MOU shall only become effective upon the execution of a definitive stock subscription agreement totaling not less than SEVEN HUNDRED AND FIFTY THOUSAND US DOLLARS ($750,000) by PIC, or a designated affiliate, in Trunity stock (the “Trunity Purchase Agreement”) which execution is intended to occur contemporaneously with the execution of this MOU (the “Effective Date”).  If the Trunity subscription agreement is not executed, this MOU shall be null, void, and of no further force or effect.
 
 
 

 
 
The terms of the arrangement:
 
1.             Exclusivity - For a period of seven (7) years from the Effective Date of this MOU, PIC shall have the exclusive right to introduce Trunity’s services to the governments of each of the countries on the African continent.  Such introductions shall be made for the purpose of improving, modernizing, and providing a sustainable education platform for African countries.  The list of such countries where an introduction has been made (an “Introduced Country” or in the plural “Introduced Countries”) shall be recorded in Schedule A which shall be amended from time to time to include all such countries where PIC shall be entitled to compensation in accordance with the provisions hereof.  Introduced Countries will also include any country which PIC has identified as a viable future target for Trunity services and has presented a reasonably detailed plan for delivering Trunity services to that country.  Trunity agrees that it will not seek to work with any countries in Africa outside of its relationship with PIC provided, however, that unless a Joint Venture is formed as per Section 5 below, PIC or a designee of PIC must reasonably be able to perform the services reasonably required by Trunity to manage any African country relationship in order for such a country to become an Introduced Country under this MOU.
 
2.             Compensation - For all Introduced Countries in which Trunity secures contracts for its services, PIC shall receive 7% of Gross Revenue paid to Trunity (“Introduction Fee”) provided that the Introduced Country engages Trunity after PIC’s introduction and for so long as Trunity’s services are offered within the Introduced Country.
 
3.             Adjustments - All of the terms of this MOU, including compensation, are subject to adjustment if it is reasonably determined by the Parties that applying such term(s) would be unconscionable if implemented or would cause either Party undue harm.
 
4.             Definition of Gross Revenue – Gross Revenue is defined as all compensation received by Trunity, or its affiliates, in respect of Trunity’s services in an Introduced Country less all reasonable and customary, out-of-pocket expenses actually incurred by Trunity directly related to securing the contract for services in such Introduced Country.  Expenses incurred in performing contracts in Introduced Countries will not be taken into account in the calculation of Gross Revenue.
 
5.             Joint Ventures/Responsibilities - The Parties will enter into Joint Ventures for delivering Trunity services to Introduced Countries if the Parties determine it is advantageous to do so.  For each Joint Venture created, the individual material terms including budgets, expenses, compensation, strategy and responsibilities, will be negotiated in good faith by the Parties on a case by case basis.  For the avoidance of doubt, in Introduced Countries where a Joint Venture is established between the Parties, the Introduction Fee will not be due and all compensation matters will be addressed in the Joint Venture agreement.
 
As for responsibilities between the Parties generally, PIC will focus on existing relationships and developing relationships with African countries seeking to improve their educational systems and then develop optimal structures for introducing Trunity’s services to such countries.  Trunity will focus on technology, operations and successfully delivering services to the Introduced Countries and then supporting the implementation of their platform.
 
6.             Tax Treatment - Trunity has not represented or indicated to PIC the tax treatment associated with matters discussed in this MOU and has recommended that PIC seek the advice of its own tax counsel.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each party shall be responsible for all federal, state and local income taxes, withholding, excise taxes, penalties and/or interest associated with the services provided in Introduced Countries.
 
 
2

 
 
7.            THE MATTERS DESCRIBED IN THIS MOU SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT REGARD TO OR APPLICATION OF ITS CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.  EACH OF PIC AND TRUNITY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THE MATTERS DESCRIBED IN THIS MOU OR FOR RECOGNITION AND ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT IN RESPECT THEREOF.
 
8.            Each party hereto irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware and the United States District Court for Delaware for the purpose of any suit, action, proceeding or judgment relating to or arising out of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.  Each of the parties hereto irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit, action or proceeding and to the laying of venue in such court.  Each party hereto irrevocably waives any objection to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such courts and irrevocably waives any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.
 
9.            The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this MOU shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this MOU, which shall remain in full force and effect.  If any covenant contained in this MOU should be deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable because its scope is considered excessive, such covenant shall be modified so that the scope of the covenant is reduced only to the minimum extent necessary to render the modified covenant valid, legal and enforceable.
 
10.          This MOU, constitutes the complete embodiments of the entire arrangement and understanding between PIC and Trunity related to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any prior or contemporaneous memoranda, understandings, agreements, or representations by or between PIC and Trunity relating to the provision of Trunity services to African countries.  No amendments or supplements to the arrangement described in this MOU may be made except by a writing signed by all parties.  Nothing in this MOU, express or implied, is intended to confer upon a third party any rights or remedies under or by reason of the arrangement described in this MOU.
 
11.          This MOU may be executed in separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain signatures of more than one party, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same document.  Counterparts delivered by facsimile or electronic mail shall be deemed the same as delivery of an original counterpart.
 
12.          Except as provided herein, the waiver by either party of the other party’s prompt and complete performance, or breach or violation, of any aspect of the arrangement described in this MOU shall not operate nor be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or violation, and the failure by any party to exercise any right or remedy which it may possess under the arrangement described in this MOU shall not operate nor be construed as a bar to the exercise of such right or remedy by such party upon the occurrence of any subsequent breach or violation.
 
 
3

 
 
Please indicate your understanding and acceptance of the matters described in this MOU by signing in the appropriate space below, whereupon this MOU will constitute a binding agreement among each of PIC and Trunity.
 
Sincerely,
   
     
Terry Anderton
   
CEO
   
Trunity Inc.
   
 
Agreed to and accepted as of the date set forth below.
 
Pan-African Investment Company, LLC
 
By:     
Date:     
 



Exhibit 10.14
 
TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC.

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

THIS NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into effective as of December 23, 2013 (the “Grant Date”) between Trunity Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and Arol Buntzman (the “Optionee”).

1.              Grant of Award . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company hereby grants Optionee, the right, and option, to purchase from the Company the aggregate number of shares of common stock, $.0001 par value per share, of the Company (“Shares”) set forth below, at the purchase prices indicated below (the “Option”), such Option to be exercised as hereinafter provided. The provisions in this Agreement shall govern Optionee’s rights with respect to the vesting and exercise of the Option. The Option is a non-qualified option under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The amount of Shares, purchase prices and vesting schedules for the Option shall be as follows:
 
Number of Shares
Subject to Option
Applicable
Purchase Price
Vesting
  Schedule
1,000,000
$0.30 per Share
Immediately upon Grant Date
1,000,000
$0.40 per Share
500,000 Shares on March 24, 2014;
 and
500,000 Shares on September 24, 2014
1,000,000
$0.60 per Share
All on September 24, 2014
1,000,000
$0.70 per Share
500,000 Shares March 24, 2015;  and
500,000 Shares vesting in equal monthly increments of 27,777.78 Shares on the 24 th day of each month from April 24, 2015 to September 24, 2016
 
2.              Term of Option . The term of this Option shall be for a period of 10 years from the Grant Date (the “Expiration Date”), subject to the earlier termination of the Option, as set forth in this Agreement.

3.              Exercise of Option .

(a)            The Option may be exercised by Optionee at any time as to vested Shares by submitting a written notice of exercise to the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Committee”) specifying the number of Shares to be purchased, which number shall be at least 100,000 Shares per exercise (unless the number of Shares purchased is the total balance which is then exercisable). Optionee so exercising all or part of this Option shall, at the time of exercise, tender to the Company immediately available funds representing the aggregate option price of the Shares Optionee has elected to purchase.
 
 
 

 
 
(b)           The Company will use its best efforts to deliver Certificates for the Shares purchased by Optionee promptly, but in any event the Certificates will be delivered no more than 10 days after the exercise date.

(c)            Prior to its expiration or termination, and except as otherwise provided herein, the Option may be exercised by Optionee, so long as Optionee has maintained continuous employment with the Company or a subsidiary of the Company immediately following the Grant Date, within the vesting schedule set forth in Section 1 above.

4.              Taxes . If, upon the exercise of an Option, there shall be payable by the Company any amount for tax withholding, the Company shall have the right to require Optionee to pay the amount of such taxes immediately, upon notification from the Company, before a certificate for the Shares purchased is delivered to Optionee pursuant to such Option. Furthermore, the Company may elect to deduct such taxes from any other amounts then payable to Optionee in cash or in Shares or from any other amounts payable any time thereafter to Optionee. When, under applicable tax laws, Optionee incurs tax liability in connection with the exercise or vesting of the Option that is subject to tax withholding and Optionee must pay the Company the amount required to be withheld, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, allow Optionee to satisfy the minimum tax withholding obligation by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued that minimum number of Shares having a fair market value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld, determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined; but in no event will the Company withhold Shares if such withholding would result in adverse accounting consequences to the Company. Any election by Optionee to have Shares withheld for this purpose must be in writing on a form made in accordance with the requirements established by the Committee for such election, and must be accepted by the Committee.

5.              Transferability .

(a)            The Option may be transferred by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the Option is to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor), or by gift to “immediate family” as that term is defined in 17 C.F.R. 240.16a-1(e), and may not be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process. During the lifetime of Optionee the Option will be exercisable only by Optionee or Optionee’s legal representative and any elections with respect to the Option may be made only by Optionee or Optionee’s legal representative.

(b)            In order to transfer this Option, Optionee must notify the Company in the form of a “Notice of Transfer of Nonqualified Stock Option” (which form may be obtained from the Committee) of such transfer and include the name, address and social security number of the transferee, as well as the relationship of the transferee to Optionee.
 
 
2

 
 
6.              Forfeiture of Option Upon Termination of Employment . Unless otherwise provided for in this Agreement, the Option, to the extent not yet exercised or vested, shall be forfeited immediately upon Optionee’s termination of employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

7.              Termination of Optionee’s Employment Without Cause . In the event that Optionee’s employment is terminated without Cause (as defined in Section 8 below) by the Company or Optionee terminates his employment for Good Reason (as defined below), 50% of the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately vest upon such termination and shall be exercisable at any time during the remaining term of the Option through the Expiration Date. All rights with respect to the balance of the unvested portion of the Option shall terminate and such balance of the Option shall be cancelled immediately upon such termination. As used herein, termination for “Good Reason” shall mean, without Optionee’s prior written consent: (i) a material reduction in Optionee’s base salary; or (ii) a material and demonstrable adverse change in the nature and scope of Optionee’s duties. In order to invoke a termination of employment for Good Reason, Optionee must provide written notice to the Company of the existence of one or more of the conditions described in clauses (i) or (ii) above within 30 days following Optionee’s knowledge of the initial existence of such condition or conditions, and the Company shall have 30 days following receipt of such written notice during which it may remedy the condition. In the event that the Company fails to remedy the condition constituting Good Reason during such 30-day period, Optionee must terminate employment, if at all, within 30 days following such cure period in order for such termination of employment to constitute a termination of employment for Good Reason.

8.              Termination of Optionee’s Employment for Cause; Voluntary Termination . If Optionee is terminated for Cause or voluntarily terminates his employment without Good Reason, then all rights with respect to the entire unvested portion of the portion of the Option shall terminate and the unvested portion of the Option shall be cancelled immediately upon such termination. As used herein, termination for “Cause” means termination on the basis of any of the following: (i) Optionee’s conviction of or guilty plea to, a felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; (ii) a willful refusal by Optionee to comply with the lawful and reasonable instructions of the Company, or to otherwise perform Optionee’s duties as lawfully and reasonably determined by the Company, in each case that is not cured by Optionee (if such refusal is of a type that is capable of being cured) within 15 days of written notice being given to Optionee of such refusal; (iii) any willful and material misconduct or act of dishonesty undertaken by Optionee and intended to result in Optionee’s (or any other person’s) substantial gain or personal enrichment at the expense of the Company or any of its customers, partners, affiliates, or employees; or (iv) any willful act of misconduct by Optionee which is materially injurious, or intended to be materially injurious, to the Company.

9.              Termination Because of Death or Disability . If Optionee is terminated because of death or continuous disability of Optionee of at least 60 days, the Option, to the extent that it is exercisable by Optionee on the date of termination, may be exercised by Optionee (or Optionee’s legal representative) no later than 12 months after the date of termination, but in any event no later than the Expiration Date. At the end of such 12-month period, all rights with respect to any Option that is unexercised shall terminate and the unexercised Option shall be cancelled.
 
 
3

 
 
10.            Corporate Transaction . Upon the consummation of a Corporate Transaction (as defined below), any unvested portion of the Option shall immediately vest upon the closing of such Corporate Transaction. As used herein, a “Corporate Transaction”   means (a) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving corporation, (b) a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (c) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (d) any other transaction which qualifies as a “corporate transaction” under Section 424(a) of the Code wherein the stockholders of the Company give up all of their equity interest in the Company (except for the acquisition, sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of the Company), or (e) any other transaction which results in a change in the beneficial ownership of a majority of the Company’s issued and outstanding common stock.

11.            No Obligation to Employ . Optionee is an “at will” employee of the Company, and nothing in this Agreement shall confer on Optionee any right to continue in the employ of, or other relationship with, the Company or any subsidiary thereof, or limit in any way the right of the Company or any subsidiary thereof to terminate Optionee’s employment or other relationship at any time, with or without Cause.

12.            Acceptance of Award . The Option may not be exercised unless and until the Company has received acceptance by Optionee of the terms and conditions set forth herein.

13.            Administration . The Committee will administer this Agreement and will attempt in good faith to resolve with Optionee any questions, issues or disputes which may arise relating to this Agreement.

14.            Privileges of Stock Ownership .   Optionee will not have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to any Shares until the date of exercise and payment in full for the Shares purchased. After such exercise and payment, Optionee will be a stockholder and have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such Shares, including the right to vote and receive all dividends or other distributions made or paid with respect to such Shares.

15.            Restrictions on Shares .   All certificates for Shares or other securities delivered under this Agreement will be subject to such stock transfer orders, legends and other restrictions as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable, including restrictions under any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law, or any rules, regulations and other requirements of the Securities Exchange Commission or any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may be listed or quoted. The Company will use its commercially reasonable best efforts to include the Shares underlying the Option in its next SEC registration statement.

16.            Securities Law and Other Regulatory Compliance .   Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, issuance of certificates for Shares hereunder will be subject to compliance with all applicable state and federal securities laws and regulations.

 
4

 
 
17.            Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties and supersede all prior undertakings and agreements with respect to the subject matter hereof.

18.            Notices . Any notice required to be given or delivered to the Company under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Corporate Secretary of the Company at its principal corporate offices. Any notice required to be given or delivered to Optionee shall be in writing and addressed to Optionee at the address set forth in the records of the Company or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the Company. All notices shall be deemed to have been given or delivered upon: (i) at the time of personal delivery, if delivery is in person; (ii) one business day after deposit with an express overnight courier for United States deliveries, or two business days after such deposit for deliveries outside of the United States, with proof of delivery from the courier requested; or (iii) three business days after deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (return receipt requested) for United States deliveries.

19.            Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon Optionee and Optionee’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

20.            Governing Law; Arbitration . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware as such laws are applied to agreements between Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely within Delaware. If any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of law or arbitration panel to be illegal or unenforceable, then such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible and the other provisions will remain fully effective and enforceable. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration in Miami, Florida, administered by the American Arbitration Association under its Commercial Arbitration Rules, and judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either party may seek injunctive relief in a court of competent jurisdiction.

21.            Acceptance . Optionee has read and understands the terms and provisions hereof, and accepts the Option subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Optionee acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon exercise of the Option or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee should consult a tax adviser prior to such exercise or disposition.

[Signature page follows]
 
 
5

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
 
 
COMPANY :
         
 
Trunity Holdings, Inc.
         
  By:       
  Name:  Nicole Fernandez-McGovern 
  Titile:  Chief Financial Officer 
         
 
OPTIONEE:
         
       
Arol Buntzman
 
 6



Exhibit 21

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

Trunity, Inc.
 
 

 
 


Exhibit 31.1
 
CERTIFICATIONS UNDER SECTION 302
 
I, Nicole Fernandez-McGovern, certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Trunity Holdings, Inc.;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
a)          designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b)         designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c)          evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d)         disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a)          all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b)         any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 
TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC.
     
Dated:  April 15, 2014    
By:  
/s/  Nicole Fernandez-McGovern     
   
Nicole Fernandez-McGovern
Interim Chief Executive Officer
 
 

 
 
 


Exhibit 31.2
 
CERTIFICATIONS UNDER SECTION 302
 
I, Nicole M. Fernandez-McGovern, certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Trunity Holdings, Inc.;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
a)          designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b)         designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c)          evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d)         disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a)          all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b)         any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC.
     
Dated:  April 15, 2014    
By:  
/s/  Nicole Fernandez-McGovern     
   
Nicole Fernandez-McGovern
Chief Financial Officer
 
 


 


Exhibit 32.1
 
CERTIFICATIONS UNDER SECTION 906
 
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code), the undersigned officer of Trunity Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), does hereby certify, to such officer’s knowledge, that:
 
The Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2013 (the “Form 10-K”) of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
 
TRUNITY HOLDINGS, INC.
     
Dated:  April 15, 2014    
By:  
/s/  Nicole Fernandez-McGovern     
   
Nicole Fernandez-McGovern
Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer)
 
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.